Fuji Xerox H815DW Multifunction Laser Printer User Manual Short Term Confidential 1

Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. Multifunction Laser Printer Short Term Confidential 1

(Short-Term Confidential) User Manual-1

Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dwDell™ Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dnUser's GuideRegulatory Model: Dell H815dw / Dell S2815dn
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents3ContentsBefore Beginning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Notes, Cautions, and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25About License. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25As for RSA BSAFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25ICC Profile Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25JPEG Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Math Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26libtiff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Zlib. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn User's Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Finding Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Product Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 About the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Front and Rear Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Space Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Additional Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Optional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Non-bundled Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007Securing the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Ordering Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Setting Up the Printer (Printer Setup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Overview of the Printer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 Installing Optional Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Installing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Updating Your Driver to Detect 550-Sheet Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497 Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Turning on the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Configuring Initial Settings on the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Connecting to a Computer or a Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Connecting to a Computer Using the USB Cable (Direct Connection) . . . . . 61Connecting to a Network Using the Ethernet Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Connecting to a Wireless Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Connecting to the Telephone Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Setting Up the Printer Using Dell Printer Easy Install (Windows® Only). . . . . . 64Basic Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Configuring the Wireless Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Determining the Wireless Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Configuring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Easy Install . . . . . . . 68Configuring the Wireless Settings Without Using Dell Printer Easy Install. . . 70Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738 Setting the IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Assigning an IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75When Using the Dell Printer Easy Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75When Using the Operator Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76When Using the Tool Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Verifying the IP Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents5Verifying the Settings Using Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Verifying the Settings Using System Settings Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Verifying the Settings Using Ping Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789 Loading Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7910 Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers . . . . . 83Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Changing the firewall settings before installing your printer. . . . . . . . . . 83Starting Dell Printer Easy Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83USB Cable Connection Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Network Connection Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Setting Up for Shared Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Enabling Shared Printing from the Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Checking the Shared Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9411 Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers . . . . . 95Installing the Drivers and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, or OS X 10.10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Configuring Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9712 Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS) . . . 99Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Desktop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Setup Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Installing the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Setting Up the Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Setting the Default Queue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Specifying the Printing Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Uninstalling the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Setup Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Installing the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Setting Up the Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Setting the Default Queue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Specifying the Printing Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator. . . . . . . 104
6Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007Uninstalling the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Operation on Ubuntu 12.04 LTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Setup Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Installing the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Setting Up the Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Setting the Default Queue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Specifying the Printing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Uninstalling the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Using Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10713 Operator Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109About the Operator Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Basic Operations on the Touch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111To Select the Item on the Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111To Scroll the Screen or the Listed Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111About the Home Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Notification Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Lock Icon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Envelope Mode Icon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Wi-Fi Direct Connection Status Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Wireless LAN Connection Status Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Time/Network Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Account Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Tiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Moving, Adding or Deleting the Tiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113To Move the Tiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113To Add the Tiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113To Delete the Tiles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Using the Keyboard Displayed on the Touch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114To Change the Keyboard Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Using the Number Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Number Pad Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Changing Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Inserting a Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Printing a Panel Settings Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents7Changing the Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115When Using the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116When Using the Tool Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Setting the Power Saver Timer Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116About the Concurrent Jobs Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11614 Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Setting Up From Web Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Setting Up From Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Starting the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Overview of the Menu Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Printer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Printer Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Print Server Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Copy Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Print Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Printer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Tray Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120E-Mail Server Settings Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Set Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Order Supplies at:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Contact Dell Support at:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Dell Document Hub at: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Page Display Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Top Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Left Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Right Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Changing the Settings of the Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Details of the Menu Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Printer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Printer Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Print Server Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Copy Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
8Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007Print Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Tray Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17015 Understanding the Printer Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Report / List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Panel Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171PCL Fonts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171PCL Macros List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171PS Fonts List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171PDF Fonts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Job History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Error History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Print Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Demo Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Protocol Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Speed Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Server Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Fax Activity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Fax Pending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Stored Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Printing a Report/List Using the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Printing a Report/List Using the Tool Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Wi-Fi | WPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Wi-Fi Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173WPS (Connect via PBC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173WPS (Connect via PIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Paired Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Admin Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Phone Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174PCL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181PDF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Fax Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Secure Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214USB Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents9Default Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Copy Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Fax Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Scan Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Direct Print Defaults (available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only) USB Direct Print Defaults (available on the Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Tray Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Tray Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Tray Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Language Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Panel Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Keyboard Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Private Mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Public Mailbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Proof Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Secure Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Secure Fax Receive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Tile Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Darken / Lighten. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Select Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2292 Sided Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Sharpness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Reduce/Enlarge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Original Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Original Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Collation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2332-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Auto Exposure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Save Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234ID Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Save Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Scan to Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Scan to Network Folder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Scan to USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Scan to WSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
10Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007Scan to PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Scan Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Save Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Tile Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Fax Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Save Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Print PDF/TIFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Print JPEG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Print Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Save Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Dell Document Hub. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Search for Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Browse for Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Smart OCR Scan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246E-mail Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Business Card Reader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Add Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Panel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Enabling the Panel Lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Disabling the Panel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Resetting Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251When Using the Operator Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25116 Print Media Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Recommended Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Unacceptable Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Selecting Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Selecting Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Selecting Pre-Punched Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Storing Print Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Identifying Print Media and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Supported Paper Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents11Supported Paper Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Paper Type Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25817 Loading Print Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Print Media Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . 259Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper) . . . . . . . . . 259Loading Print Media in the MPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Loading Small Print Media in the MPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Printing on Envelopes – Envelope Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264To Set the Printer to the Envelope Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264To Cancel the Envelope Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Loading Envelopes in the MPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Envelope #10, DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Monarch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268C5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Loading Letterhead in the MPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Using the MPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Linking Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Printing, Copying, Scanning, Faxing, and Dell Document Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27118 Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Tips for Successful Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Tips on Storing Print Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Avoiding Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Sending a Job to Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Canceling a Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows® Operating System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Duplex Printing With Duplex Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
12Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007Using Booklet Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Using the Stored Print Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Procedures for Printing Stored Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Printing from USB Memory (USB Direct Print). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Supported File Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Inserting and Removing a USB Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Printing a PDF/TIFF File in a USB Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Printing a JPEG File in a USB Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Adding Roles of Printer Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Printer Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . 282Printing With Wi-Fi Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Setting Up Wi-Fi Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Printing via Wi-Fi Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Resetting the Passphrase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Resetting the PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Mobile Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Android OS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Apple iOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Printing With AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Setting Up AirPrint on Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Printing via AirPrint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Printing With Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Preparing to Use the Printer with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Enabling Google Cloud Print on the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Selecting the Version of the Google Cloud Print Service. . . . . . . . . . . 288Registering the Printer to the Google Cloud Print Service . . . . . . . . . . 289Sharing the Printer Using the Google Cloud Print Service . . . . . . . . . . 290Canceling Registration to Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Printing via Google Cloud Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Tap to Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Preparations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Adding the Printer to the Mobile Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Starting Printing or Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Printing a Report Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Printer Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents13Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . 293Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to Change the Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29419 Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Loading Paper for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Selecting Paper Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Preparing a Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Making Copies From the Document Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Making Copies From the DADF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Setting Copy Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Darken / Lighten. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Select Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2992 Sided Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Sharpness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Reduce / Enlarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Original Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Original Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Collation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3022-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Auto Exposure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Using the ID Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Changing the Default Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30520 Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Scanning Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Tips for Easy Network Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Scanning - With scanner driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Scanning - Without scanner driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Scanning From the Operator Panel - Scan to PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Scanning From the Operator Panel - Scan to WSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Printer Setup for Scan to Web Services on Devices (WSD) . . . . . . . . . 310Scanning and Sending Images to the Computer Using Web Services on Devices (WSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Scanning From a Computer Using Web Services on Devices (WSD). . . . . . . 311
14Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007Preparations for scanning from the computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Scanning from the computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Scan Settings Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314IP Address Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Password Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Scanning Using the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) Driver. . . . . . . . . . 317Scanning to a PC or Server via SMB/FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Setting a Login Name and a Password (SMB Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Creating a Shared Folder (SMB Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Adding a Scanning Destination to the Printer's Address Book. . . . . . . . 323Sending the Scanned File on the Network Folder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Scanning to a USB Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Types of a USB Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Specifying a Folder to Save the Scanned Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Preparing the Printer to Send the E-Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330Setting the DNS Server Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Setting the Information Necessary to Access the Mail Server. . . . . . . . 331Setting the Administrator's E-mail Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Adding a New E-Mail Address to the Printer's Address Book . . . . . . . . 333Sending an E-mail With the Scanned File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33321 Faxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Specifying the Fax Initial Settings Using the Dell Printer Easy Install . . . . . . 335Setting Your Country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Setting the Printer ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Setting the Time and Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Changing the Clock Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Setting Sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Speaker Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Ringer Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Specifying the Fax Settings Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents15Changing the Fax Settings Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Available Fax Settings Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Advanced Fax Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343Sending a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Loading an Original Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Adjusting the Document Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Adjusting the Document Contrast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Sending a Fax From Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Sending a Fax Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Confirming Transmissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Automatic Redialing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Sending a Delayed Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Sending a Fax from the Driver (Direct Fax) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350Receiving a Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354About Receiving Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Loading Paper for Receiving Faxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Fax Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Receiving a Fax Manually in the Telephone Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Telephone / Fax or Ans Machine/Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Receiving a Fax Manually Using an External Telephone (Remote Receive). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355Receiving Faxes Using the DRPD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Receiving Faxes in the Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Polling Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Automatic Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Speed Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Setting Speed Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Sending a Fax Using Speed Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Group Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Setting Group Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Editing Group Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358Sending a Fax Using Group Dial (Multi-address Transmission) . . . . . . . 359Printing a Speed Dial List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359Phone Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359Other Ways to Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Using the Secure Receiving Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Using an Answering Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Using a Computer Modem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
16Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007Printing a Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362Changing Setting Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36222 Dell™ Document Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363Registering the User and Signing In to the Dell Document Hub. . . . . . . . . . 363Registering a New User to the Dell Document Hub. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363Signing In to the Dell Document Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364When the Favorite List Screen is Displayed When You Tap the Tile on the Dell Document Hub Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364Returning to the Home Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364Logging Out From the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364Searching for and Printing Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365Browsing and Printing Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Searching for the Files in the Selected Cloud Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Searching for the Location Across the Cloud Services. . . . . . . . . . . . 368Searching for the Location in the Selected Cloud Service . . . . . . . . . . 368Scanning the Document Using Optical Character Recognition (OCR). . . . . . . 369Receiving the Scanned File as an E-Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370Receiving the Scanned Image of the Business Card as an E-Mail . . . . . . . . 371Know Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37323 Understanding Your Printer Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375Printer Utility Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376Status Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Tool Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Updater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Address Book Editor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377ScanButton Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Address Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Types of Address Books. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Adding and Editing Entries to the Address Books. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378App Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents17Preparing to use the App Manager - Dell H815dw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381Using the App Manager - Dell H815dw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Status Monitor Widget Feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Installing the Status Monitor Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383Printer Status Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383Order Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385Preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386Status Monitor Console for Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386Status Monitor Console Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386Before Installing the Status Monitor Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387Installing the Status Monitor Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387Starting the Status Monitor Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387Printer Selection Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388Printer Status Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388Dell Supplies Management System Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390Service Tag Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391Settings Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39124 User Authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393Creating and Editing the User Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393Creating a New User Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393Editing the User Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394Deleting the User Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394Logging In to the User Account on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394Logging In Using the Touch Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394Logging In Using the NFC Authentication Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395Logging Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395Logging In to the User Account on the Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395Specifying the User Authentication Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395Preparations for Remote Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395Logging In for Remote Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395Logging In for Local Authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396Logging Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
18Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/200725 Tile Customization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397Adding a New Tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397Selecting From the Pre-defined Tiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397Creating a New Tile Including the Job Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39726 Using the Server Address Book and Server Phone Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399Preparing the Printer to Access the External LDAP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . 399Starting the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399Setting Authentication Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399Setting LDAP Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400Setting LDAP User Mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401Sending an E-mail With the Scanned File Using the E-mail Server Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402Sending a Fax Using the Fax Server Phone Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40227 Using Digital Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403Managing Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403Preparing to Manage Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403Creating and Downloading a Certificate Signing Request (CSR). . . . . . . 404Importing a Digital Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404Setting a Digital Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405Confirming the Settings of a Digital Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406Deleting a Digital Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406Exporting a Digital Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407Setting the Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407Setting the SSL-use Server Certificate (HTTP/IPP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408Setting SMTP-SSL/TLS Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408Setting LDAP-SSL/TLS Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (EAP-TLS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 408Setting for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise (PEAPV0-MS-CHAPV2, EAP-TTLS PAP, EAP-TTLS CHAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41028 Understanding Printer Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents1929 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423Operating System Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424MIB Compatibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424Print Quality Guarantee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425Print Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425Copy Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426Scanner Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426Facsimile Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427Wireless Connection Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427Maintaining Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42930 Maintaining Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431Determining the Status of Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431Conserving Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431Ordering Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431Storing Print Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432Storing Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432Replacing the Toner Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433Removing the Toner Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433Installing a Toner Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434Replacing the Drum Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
20Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007Removing the Drum Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436Installing a Drum Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437Replacing the Fusing Unit, the Transfer Unit, and the Retard Roller . . . . . . . 440Removing the Fusing Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440Installing a Fusing Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441Removing the Transfer Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442Installing a Transfer Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442Removing the Retard Roller in Tray1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443Installing a Retard Roller in Tray1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444Cleaning the Scanner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446Cleaning the DADF Feed Roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447Cleaning Inside the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447Moving the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450Removing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45231 Clearing Jams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457Avoiding Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457Identifying the Location of Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458Clearing Paper Jams From the DADF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459Clearing Paper Jams From the MPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461Clearing Paper Jams From Tray1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465Clearing Paper Jams From the Fusing Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468If status code: 050-130 appears:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471If status code: 050-131 appears:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471Clearing Paper Jams From the Regi Roll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472If status code: 050-142 appears:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472If status code: 050-132 appears:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . 479Clearing Paper Jams From the Trays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482When status code 050-134 appears:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482When status code 050-133 appears:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007 Contents21Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48732 Troubleshooting Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489Basic Printer Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489Display Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489Print Quality Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490The output is too light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491Toner smears or print comes off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493Random spots/Blurred images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494The entire output is blank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494Streaks appear on the output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496Pitched dots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497Vertical blanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498Mottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499Ghosting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500Light-induced fatigue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501Fog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501Bead-Carry-Out (BCO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502Jagged characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503Banding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504Auger mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504Wrinkled/Stained paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505Damage on the leading edge of paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505Jam/Alignment Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506The top and side margins are incorrect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506Images are skewed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507MPF Misfeed Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509Tray1/Optional 550-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509MPF Multi-feed Jam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510Copy Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511Fax Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512Digital Certificate Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
22Contents Template Last Updated - 2/7/2007Problems With Installed Optional Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516Wi-Fi Direct Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516Scanner Driver/Printer Utility Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516Other Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517Contacting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517Appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521Dell™ Technical Support Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521Online Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521Warranty and Return Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522Recycling Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522Contacting Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
23Before BeginningNotes, Cautions, and Warnings..................................................... 251 Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn User's Guide .... 292 Finding Information..................................................................... 313 Product Features......................................................................... 334 About the Printer......................................................................... 35
24
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings25Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your printer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if instructions are not followed. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.Information in this document is subject to change without notice.© 2015 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.Trademarks used in this text: Dell and the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, Windows Vista, and Active Directory are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries; Apple, Bonjour, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, Macintosh, Mac OS, OS X, and TrueTyp e are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc.; Android, Google Chrome, Gmail, Google, Google Cloud Print, Google Drive, and Google Play are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.; Adobe, PostScript and Photoshop are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries; Wi-Fi and Wi-Fi Direct are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance; Wi-Fi Protected Setup, WPA, and WPA2 are trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance; Red Hat and Red Hat Enterprise Linux are registered trademarks of Red Hat. Inc. in the U.S. and other countries; SUSE is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc., in the United States and other countries; MIFARE is a trademark of NXP Semiconductors; Thinxtream is a trademark of Thinxtream Technologies Pte. Ltd.; QR Code is a registered trademark of Denso Wave Incorporated; Dropbox is a trademark or registered trademark of Dropbox Inc.; Box and the Box logo are including without limitation, either trademarks, service marks or registered trademarks of Box, Inc. RSA and BSAFE are either registered trademarks or trademarks of EMC Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own.About LicenseXML Paper Specification (XPS): This product may incorporate intellectual property owned by Microsoft Corporation. The terms and conditions upon which Microsoft is licensing such intellectual property may be found at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=52369; DES: This product includes software developed by Eric Young (eay@mincom.oz.au); AES: Copyright (c) 2003, Dr Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved. This product uses published AES software provided by Dr Brian Gladman under BSD licensing terms; ICC Profile (Little cms): Copyright (c) 1998-2004 Marti Maria.As for RSA BSAFEThis printer includes RSA® BSAFE® Cryptographic software from EMC Corporation.ICC Profile HeaderCopyright (c) 1994-1996 SunSoft, Inc.Rights ReservedPermission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SUNSOFT, INC. OR ITS PARENT COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
26Notes, Cautions, and WarningsExcept as contained in this notice, the name of SunSoft, Inc. shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without written authorization from SunSoft Inc.JPEG LibraryIndependent JPEG Group's free JPEG software-------------------------------------------This package contains C software to implement JPEG image encoding, decoding, and transcoding. JPEG is a standardized compression method for full-color and gray-scale images.The distributed programs provide conversion between JPEG "JFIF" format and image files in PBMPLUS PPM/PGM, GIF, BMP, and Targa file formats. The core compression and decompression library can easily be reused in other programs, such as image viewers. The package is highly portable C code; we have tested it on many machines ranging from PCs to Crays.We are releasing this software for both noncommercial and commercial use. Companies are welcome to use it as the basis for JPEG-related products. We do not ask a royalty, although we do ask for an acknowledgement in product literature (see the README file in the distribution for details). We hope to make this software industrial-quality --- although, as with anything that's free, we offer no warranty and accept no liability.For more information, contact jpeg-info@jpegclub.org.Contents of this directory-------------------------------------------jpegsrc.vN.tar.gz contains source code, documentation, and test files for release N in Unix format.jpegsrN.zip contains source code, documentation, and test files for release N in Windows format.jpegaltui.vN.tar.gz contains source code for an alternate user interface for cjpeg/djpeg in Unix format.jpegaltuiN.zip contains source code for an alternate user interface for cjpeg/djpeg in Windows format.wallace.ps.gz is a PostScript file of Greg Wallace's introductory article about JPEG. This is an update of the article that appeared in the April 1991 Communications of the ACM.jpeg.documents.gz tells where to obtain the JPEG standard and documents about JPEG-related file formats.jfif.ps.gz is a PostScript file of the JFIF (JPEG File Interchange Format) format specification.jfif.txt.gz is a plain text transcription of the JFIF specification; it's missing a figure, so use the PostScript version if you can.TIFFTechNote2.txt.gz is a draft of the proposed revisions to TIFF 6.0's JPEG support.pm.errata.gz is the errata list for the first printing of the textbook "JPEG Still Image Data Compression Standard" by Pennebaker and Mitchell.jdosaobj.zip contains pre-assembled object files for JMEMDOSA.ASM. If you want to compile the IJG code for MS-DOS, but don't have an assembler, these files may be helpful.Math LibraryCopyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.Developed at SunPro, a Sun Microsystems, Inc. business.Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software is freely granted, provided that this notice is preserved.====================================================copysignf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.math_private.h: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.powf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.scalbnf.c: * Copyright (C) 1993 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved.libtiffCopyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam LefflerCopyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings27Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.Zlibzlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library version 1.2.8, April 28th, 2013Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark AdlerThis software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.Jean-loup Gailly Mark Adlerjloup@gzip.org madler@alumni.caltech.edu____________________UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTSThis software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Use, duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 and in applicable FAR provisions: Dell Inc., One Dell Way, Round Rock, Texas, 78682, USA.October 2015 Rev. A00
28Notes, Cautions, and Warnings
Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn User's Guide291Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn User's GuideClick the links to the left for information on the features, options, and operation of your Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw and Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn. For information on other documentation included with your printer, see "Finding Information." NOTE: In this manual, Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw and Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn are referred to as the "printer." NOTE: In this manual, the procedures for the computer are explained using Microsoft® Windows® 7 unless stated otherwise.ConventionsThe following describe the meaning of the symbols and fonts used in this manual:Bold texts :• Names of hardware button on the operator panel.• Screen names on the touch panel.• Menus, commands, windows, or dialog boxes displayed on the computer screen.Texts in Courier New font : • Menus and messages displayed on the touch panel.• Characters entered from the computer.•Directory paths.<>: • Key on the keyboard of the computer.: • Indicates a path to a certain item within a procedure on a computer." ": • Cross references in this manual.• Characters entered from the operator panel.• Messages displayed on the computer screen.
30Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn User's Guide
Finding Information312Finding Information NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw unless otherwise mentioned. What are you looking for? Find it here• Drivers for my printer•My User's GuideSoftware and Documentation discThe Software and Documentation disc contains setup video, documentation, and drivers for your printer. You can use the Software and Documentation disc to install drivers or access your setup video and documentation.Readme files may be included on your Software and Documentation disc to provide last-minute updates about technical changes to your printer or advanced technical reference material for experienced users or technicians.• How to set up my printer• How to use my printerSetup Guide• Safety information• Warranty informationImportant Information WARNING: Read and follow all safety instructions in the Important Information prior to setting up and operating your printer.• Express Service Code and Service TagThe Express Service Code and Service Tag are located inside the front cover of your printer.• Latest drivers for my printer• Documentation for my printerGo to dell.com/support.Service Tag ABCD123Express Service Code01234567890
32Finding Information• Answers to technical service and support questionsdell.com/support provides several online tools, including:• Solutions — Troubleshooting hints and tips, articles from technicians, and online courses • Upgrades — Upgrade information for components, such as the printer drivers• Customer Care — Contact information, order status, warranty, and repair information •Downloads — Drivers • Manuals— Printer documentation and product specificationsGo to dell.com/support. Select your region, and fill in the requested details to access help tools and information.What are you looking for? Find it here
Product Features333Product FeaturesThis chapter describes the product features and indicates their links.Converting and storing with Dell™ Document Hub (Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw Only)With the Dell Document Hub, you can scan hard copy documents and store them directly in your preferred cloud storage service. You can also convert hard copy documents into editable digital content before sending them to the cloud storage.Printing with Dell Document Hub(Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw Only)With the Dell Document Hub, you can easily locate and print documents stored in cloud storage. You can also search for files across multiple cloud storage services simultaneously.Printing from USB Memory (USB Direct Print) (USB Direct Print)The USB Direct Print feature enables you to print files directly from a USB memory without requiring you to start your computer and an application.Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)When the printer is connected to a computer via network using Web Services on Devices (WSD), you can print documents from the computer using the Web Services on Devices (WSD) Print function. Using the ID Copy (ID Copy)You can copy both sides of an ID card on one side of a single sheet of paper in its original size by tapping ID Copy on the touch panel.Sending an E-Mail With the Scanned Image (Scan to Email)When you want to send scanned data by e-mail, use the Scan to Email feature. You can directly send the data scanned as an e-mail attachment. You can choose destination e-mail addresses from the address book on the printer or server. Or, you can enter the address from the touch panel on the printer's operator panel.
34Product FeaturesScanning From the Operator Panel - Scan to WSDWhen the printer is connected to a computer via network using Web Services on Devices (WSD), you can scan and send the images to a computer using the Scan to Web Services on Devices (WSD) function. Scanning to a PC or Server via SMB/FTP (Scan to Network Folder)You can transfer data scanned to a PC or a server via SMB or FTP without service software. Although prior registration of the destination FTP server or PC on the address book is required, it helps save your time.Scanning to a USB Memory (Scan to USB)With the Scan to USB feature, you don't need a PC to connect a USB memory. You can specify the USB memory inserted into the printer's port as a data saving location when you scan data.Making Copies From the Document Glass (Scan From Document Glass)You can scan the pages of a book or a brochure from the document glass. When you scan documents using the document glass, place them facing down.Making Copies From the DADF (Scan From DADF)You can scan pieces of unbound paper using the duplex automatic document feeder (DADF). When you scan documents using the DADF, load them facing up.Remote Authentication Using the LDAP or Kerberos Server (Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn Only)The user authentication using the LDAP or Kerberos server is available to control the user’s login to the printer. Only users who can access the specified server are allowed to log in to the printer.
About the Printer354About the PrinterThis chapter provides an overview of your printer. NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw unless otherwise mentioned.Front and Rear ViewsFront View NOTE: Extend the output tray extension to prevent the printed paper from falling off the printer. NOTE: The operator panel can be flipped up until it clicks to make it easier to take out the printed paper or the drum cartridge. 1Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF) 6Drum Cartridge2Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) 7Front Cover3Tra y1 8Front USB Port4Optional 550-Sheet Feeder (Tray2) 9Operator Panel5Toner Cartridge 10 Output Tray Extension1984326 5710
36About the PrinterRear View1Power Switch 7Power Connector2Ethernet Port 8Chute3USB Port 9Duplex Unit4Phone Connector 10 Tra nsfer Unit5Wall Jack Connector 11 Fusing Unit6"Blue" Plug 12 Rear Cover213465791011128
About the Printer37Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF) NOTE: Pull out the document stopper to prevent the document from falling off the printer.1DADF Cover 4Document Stopper2Document Guides 5Document Feeder Tray3Document Glass 6DADF Feed Roller123546
38About the PrinterSpace RequirementsProvide enough room to open the printer trays, covers, and optional accessories, and for proper ventilation.Operator PanelFor more information on the operator panel, see "About the Operator Panel."100 mm/3.94 inches732 mm/28.82 inches400 mm/15.75 inches438 mm/17.24 inches600 mm/23.62 inches400 mm/15.75 inches439 mm/17.28 inches100 mm/3.94 inches
About the Printer39Additional ComponentsOptional AccessoriesThe following optional accessory is available for the printer.• Optional 550-sheet feederNon-bundled ItemsThe following items are required for connecting the printer to a computer or a network. Please purchase them as needed.•USB cable• Ethernet cableSecuring the PrinterTo protect your printer from theft, you can use the optional Kensington lock.Attach the Kensington lock to the security slot on your printer.For details, see the operating instructions supplied with the Kensington lock.Security SlotSecurity Slot
40About the PrinterOrdering SuppliesYou can order consumables from Dell online when using a networked printer. Enter the IP address of your printer in your web browser, launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, and click the web address under Order Supplies at: to order toner or supplies for your printer.You can also order replacement toner cartridges or supplies from Dell by using the Dell Supplies Management System: NOTE: For Macintosh, start the Status Monitor Widget, and then select Order Supplies button to open Order window.1Double-click the icon on your desktop.If you cannot find the icon on your desktop:aRight-click DLRMM.EXE under x:\abc\Dell Printers\Additional Color Laser Software\Reorder, where x:\abc is the location where the printer software is installed.bChoose Send To from the drop-down menu, and then click Desktop (create shortcut) on the submenu. The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.You can also launch the Dell Supplies Management System by clicking Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer - H815dw or Dell Smart Multifunction Printer - S2815dn  Dell Supplies Management System.2Click the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site link (www.dell.com/supplies), or order Dell printer supplies by phone.To ensure that you get the best service, have your Dell printer’s Service Tag ready.For the location of your Service Tag, see "Express Service Code and Service Tag."
41Setting Up the Printer (Printer Setup)5 Overview of the Printer Setup................................................... 436 Installing Optional Accessory................................................... 457 Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer ................................. 538 Setting the IP Address ............................................................... 759 Loading Paper.............................................................................. 7910 Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers............. 8311 Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers.............. 9512 Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS) .............99
42
Overview of the Printer Setup435Overview of the Printer SetupThe following are the procedures necessary to set up the printer. Hardware preparations"Installing Optional Accessory""Turning on the Printer"Initial settings"Configuring Initial Settings on the Operator Panel"Connections"Connecting to a Computer or a Network""Connecting to the Telephone Line"Printer setup"Setting Up the Printer Using Dell Printer Easy Install (Windows® Only)""Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers""Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers""Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)"
44Overview of the Printer Setup
Installing Optional Accessory456Installing Optional AccessoryThis chapter describes how to install the optional 550-sheet feeder (tray2). NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw unless otherwise mentioned.Installing the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder WARNING: If you install the optional 550-sheet feeder after setting up the printer, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables from the rear of the printer before starting this task. NOTE: The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy Install, click Installation Video.1Ensure that the printer is turned off, and then disconnect all cables from the rear of the printer.2Remove the tape and the bag holding the screws. NOTE: Save the screws as you will need them later.3Place the optional 550-sheet feeder in the same location that the printer is located.4Gently pull open the MPF cover.5Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.
46Installing Optional Accessory6Pull tray1 out of the printer about 200 mm. 7Hold tray1 with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
Installing Optional Accessory478Lift the printer and align the five guide pins of the optional 550-sheet feeder with the holes at the bottom of the printer. Gently lower the printer onto the optional 550-sheet feeder. WARNING: Two people are required to lift the printer. WARNING: Be careful not to pinch your fingers when lowering the printer onto the optional 550-sheet feeder. 9Secure the optional 550-sheet feeder to the printer by tightening the two screws provided with the feeder, using a coin or similar object.
48Installing Optional Accessory10Insert tray1 into the printer, and push until it stops.11Insert the MPF into the printer, push until it stops, and close the MPF cover. 12Re-connect all cables into the rear of the printer, and turn on the printer. NOTE: The printer will automatically detect the attached tray but will not detect the paper type.13Print the system settings report to confirm that the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed correctly.For details about how to print a system settings report, see "Report / List."14Confirm Tray2 (550 Sheet Feeder) is listed in the system settings report under Printer Options.If the feeder is not listed, turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and re-install the optional 550-sheet feeder.15After loading paper in the optional 550-sheet feeder, specify the paper type from the printer touch panel.aPress the (Information) button.bTa p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Tray Management.cTa p Tray Settings.dTa p Tray2.eTa p Type.fTap until the desired paper type appears, and then tap the desired paper type.gTa p OK.16If you installed the optional 550-sheet feeder after installing the printer driver, update your driver by following the instructions for each operating system. If the printer is on a network, update the driver for each client.
Installing Optional Accessory49Updating Your Driver to Detect 550-Sheet FeederWhen Using PCL DriverIf the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get Information from Printer, follow these steps:1Click the Configuration tab, and then select Installable Options.2Select Paper Tray Configuration in the Items list box.3Select 2 Trays in the Paper Tray Configuration drop-down menu in Setting for.4Click OK.Microsoft® Windows® 8/Windows® 8 x64/Windows® 8.1/Windows® 8.1 x64/Windows Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R21On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel  Hardware and Sound (Hardware for Windows Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R2)  Devices and Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Printer properties.3Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup.4Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK.5Click Apply, and then click OK.6Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.Windows® 7/Windows® 7 x64/Windows Server® 2008 R2 x641Click Start  Devices and Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Printer properties.3Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup.4Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK.5Click Apply, and then click OK.6Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.Windows Vista®/Windows Vista® x641Click Start  Control Panel  Hardware and Sound  Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Properties.3Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup.4Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK.5Click Apply, and then click OK.6Close the Printers dialog box.Windows Server® 2008/Windows Server® 2008 x641Click Start  Control Panel  Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Properties.3Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup.4Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK.5Click Apply, and then click OK.6Close the Printers dialog box.Windows Server® 2003/Windows Server® 2003 x641Click start  Printers and Faxes.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Properties.3Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup.4Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK.5Click Apply, and then click OK.6Close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.
50Installing Optional Accessory5Close the Devices and Printers(Printers, or Printers and Faxes) dialog box.When Using PS DriverIf the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get Information from Printer, follow these steps:1Click the Configuration tab, and then select Installable Options.2Select Paper Tray Configuration in the Items list box.3Select 2 Trays in the Paper Tray Configuration drop-down menu in Setting for.4Click OK.Windows® 8/Windows® 8 x64/Windows® 8.1/Windows® 8.1 x64/Windows Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R21On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel  Hardware and Sound (Hardware for Windows Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R2)  Devices and Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Printer properties.3Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup.4Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK.5Click Apply, and then click OK.6Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.Windows® 7/Windows® 7 x64/Windows Server® 2008 R2 x641Click Start  Devices and Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Printer properties.3Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup.4Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK.5Click Apply, and then click OK.6Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.Windows Vista®/Windows Vista® x641Click Start  Control Panel  Hardware and Sound  Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Properties.3Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup.4Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK.5Click Apply, and then click OK.6Close the Printers dialog box.Windows Server® 2008/Windows Server® 2008 x641Click Start  Control Panel  Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Properties.3Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup.4Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK.5Click Apply, and then click OK.6Close the Printers dialog box.Windows Server® 2003/Windows Server® 2003 x641Click Start  Printers and Faxes.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Properties.3Click the Configuration tab, and then select Bi-Directional Setup.4Select Get Information from Printer and then click OK.5Click Apply, and then click OK.6Close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.
Installing Optional Accessory515Close the Devices and Printers(Printers, or Printers and Faxes) dialog box.When Using XML Paper Specification (XPS) Driver NOTE: The XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver does not support Windows Server® 2003 and Windows Server® 2003 x64. OS X 10.9.x/OS X 10.10.x 1Select Printers & Scanners in System Preferences.2Select the printer in the Printers list, and click Options & Supplies.3Select Options, select the options that have been installed on the printers, and then click OK.OS X 10.7.x/OS X 10.8.x1Select Print & Scan in System Preferences.2Select the printer in the Printers list, and click Options & Supplies.3Select Driver, select the options that have been installed on the printers, and then click OK.Mac OS X 10.5.x/Mac OS X 10.6.x1Select Print & Fax in System Preferences.2Select the printer in the Printers list, and click Options & Supplies.3Select Driver, select the options that have been installed on the printers, and then click OK.Windows® 8/Windows® 8 x64/Windows® 8.1/Windows® 8.1 x64/Windows Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R21On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel  Hardware and Sound (Hardware for Windows Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R2)  Devices and Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Printer properties.3Click the Device Setting tab, and then select Available in Tray 2 drop-down menu.4Click Apply, and then click OK.5Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.Windows® 7/Windows® 7 x64/Windows Server® 2008 R2 x641Click Start  Devices and Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Printer properties.3Click the Device Setting tab, and then select Available in Tray 2 drop-down menu.4Click Apply, and then click OK.5Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.Windows Vista®/Windows Vista® x641Click Start  Control Panel  Hardware and Sound  Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Properties.3Click the Device Setting tab, and then select Available in Tray 2 drop-down menu.4Click Apply, and then click OK.5Close the Printers dialog box.Windows Server® 2008/Windows Server® 2008 x641Click Start  Control Panel  Printers.2Right-click the printer icon of the Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn, and then select Properties.3Click the Device Setting tab, and then select Available in Tray 2 drop-down menu.4Click Apply, and then click OK.5Close the Printers dialog box.
52Installing Optional Accessory
Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer537Connecting and Setting Up Your PrinterTo connect your printer to a computer or device, the following specification must be met for each of the connection type: NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw unless otherwise mentioned.Connection type Connection specificationsWireless IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n (Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only)Ethernet 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX/1000 Base-TUSB USB 2.0Phone connector RJ11Wall jack connector RJ111Ethernet port2USB port3Phone connector4Wall jack connector1234
54Connecting and Setting Up Your PrinterTurning on the Printer WARNING: Do not use extension cords or power strips. WARNING: The printer should not be connected to an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system. NOTE: The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy Install, click Installation Video.1Connect the power cable to the power connector on the rear of the printer, and then to a power source.2Turn o n the p rinte r.Configuring Initial Settings on the Operator PanelYou need to set the printer language, country, clock date, time, and fax settings when you turn on the printer for the first time.When you turn the printer on, the wizard screen to perform the initial setup appears on the touch panel. Follow the steps below to set the initial settings. NOTE: If you do not start configuring the initial settings, the printer automatically restarts in 3 minutes, and the Home screen appears on the touch panel. After that, you can set the following initial setup by enabling Power on Wizard on the touch panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool if needed.For more information on operator panel, see "Operator Panel."For more information on Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."1The Select Your Language screen appears. aTap until desired language appears, and then tap the desired language.EnglishFrançaisItalianoDeutschEspañol
Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer55bTa p Next.2The Date & Time screen appears. aTa p Time Zone.bTap until the desired geographic region appears, and then tap the desired geographic region.cTap until the desired time zone appears, and then tap the desired time zone.DanskNederlandsNorskSvenskaGeographic Region Time ZoneAfrica (UTC) Accra, Bamako, Dakar, Nouakchott(UTC) Casablanca(UTC +01:00) Algiers, Douala, Libreville, Luanda(UTC +01:00) Tunis(UTC +01:00) Windhoek(UTC +02:00) Cairo(UTC +02:00) Harare, Johannesburg, Kinshasa, Tripoli(UTC +03:00) Addis Ababa, Khartoum, Mogadishu, Nairobi
56Connecting and Setting Up Your PrinterAmericas (UTC -10:00) Adak(UTC -09:00) Alaska(UTC -08:00) Pacific Time (US & Canada)(UTC -08:00) Tijuana(UTC -07:00) Arizona, Dawson Creek, Sonora(UTC -07:00) Chihuahua, Mazatlan(UTC -07:00) Mountain Time (US & Canada)(UTC -06:00) Cancun, Mexico City, Monterrey(UTC -06:00) Central America(UTC -06:00) Central Time (US & Canada) (UTC -06:00) Saskatchewan(UTC -05:00) Atikokan, Resolute(UTC -05:00) Bogota, Lima, Panama, Quito(UTC -05:00) Cayman Islands, Jamaica, Port-au-Prince(UTC -05:00) Eastern Time (US & Canada)(UTC -05:00) Grand Turk(UTC -05:00) Havana(UTC -04:30) Caracas(UTC -04:00) Asuncion(UTC -04:00) Atlantic Time (Canada)(UTC -04:00) Blanc-Sablon(UTC -04:00) Caribbean Islands(UTC -04:00) Cuiaba(UTC -04:00) Georgetown, La Paz, Manaus(UTC -04:00) Thule(UTC -03:30) St. John's(UTC -03:00) Brasilia, Cayenne, Paramaribo(UTC -03:00) Buenos Aires(UTC -03:00) Greenland(UTC -03:00) Miquelon(UTC -03:00) Montevideo(UTC -02:00) Noronha Antarctica (UTC -04:00) Palmer Archipelago, Santiago(UTC -03:00) Rothera(UTC +03:00) Syowa(UTC +06:00) Mawson, Vostok(UTC +07:00) Davis(UTC +08:00) Casey(UTC +10:00) Dumont d'Urville(UTC +12:00) McMurdo Geographic Region Time Zone
Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer57Asia (UTC +02:00) Amman(UTC +02:00) Beirut(UTC +02:00) Damascus(UTC +02:00) Jerusalem(UTC +02:00) Nicosia(UTC +02:00) Palestine(UTC +03:00) Aden, Baghdad, Qatar, Riyadh(UTC +03:30) Tehran(UTC +04:00) Baku(UTC +04:00) Dubai, Muscat, Tbilisi(UTC +04:00) Yerevan(UTC +04:30) Kabul(UTC +05:00) Aqtau, Aqtobe, Ashgabat, Samarkand(UTC +05:00) Ekaterinburg(UTC +05:00) Karachi(UTC +05:30) Colombo, Kolkata(UTC +05:45) Kathmandu(UTC +06:00) Almaty, Bishkek, Dhaka, Thimphu(UTC +06:00) Novosibirsk, Omsk(UTC +06:30) Yangon (Rangoon)(UTC +07:00) Bangkok, Ho Chi Minh, Hovd, Jakarta(UTC +07:00) Krasnoyarsk(UTC +08:00) Chongqing, Hong Kong, Shanghai(UTC +08:00) Irkutsk(UTC +08:00) Kuala Lumpur, Makassar, Manila, Singapore(UTC +08:00) Taipei(UTC +08:00) Ulaan Baatar(UTC +09:00) Dili, Jayapura(UTC +09:00) Pyongyang(UTC +09:00) Seoul(UTC +09:00) Tokyo(UTC +09:00) Yakutsk(UTC +10:00) Sakhalin, Vladivostok(UTC +11:00) Magadan(UTC +12:00) Anadyr, KamchatkaAtlantic Ocean (UTC -04:00) Bermuda(UTC -04:00) Stanley(UTC -02:00) South Georgia Island(UTC -01:00) Azores, Scoresbysund(UTC -01:00) Cape Verde(UTC) Reykjavik Geographic Region Time Zone
58Connecting and Setting Up Your PrinterAustralia (UTC +08:00) Perth(UTC +08:45) Eucla(UTC +09:30) Adelaide(UTC +09:30) Darwin(UTC +10:00) Brisbane, Lindeman(UTC +10:00) Hobart, Melbourne, Sydney(UTC +10:30) Lord Howe IslandEurope (UTC) Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London(UTC +01:00) Amsterdam, Berlin, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna(UTC +01:00) Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Prague(UTC +01:00) Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris(UTC +01:00) Sarajevo, Skopje, Warsaw, Zagreb(UTC +02:00) Athens, Bucharest, Istanbul(UTC +02:00) Helsinki, Kiev, Riga, Sofia(UTC +02:00) Kaliningrad, Minsk(UTC +03:00) Moscow(UTC +04:00) SamaraIndian Ocean (UTC +03:00) Antananarivo, Comoro Islands, Mayotte(UTC +04:00) Mahe, Reunion(UTC +04:00) Mauritius(UTC +05:00) Kerguelen, Maldives(UTC +06:00) Chagos(UTC +06:30) Cocos Islands(UTC +07:00) Christmas IslandPacific Ocean (UTC -11:00) Midway Island, Niue, Samoa(UTC -10:00) Cook Islands, Hawaii, Tahiti(UTC -09:30) Marquesas Islands(UTC -09:00) Gambier Islands(UTC -08:00) Pitcairn Islands(UTC -06:00) Easter Island(UTC -06:00) Galapagos Islands(UTC +09:00) Palau(UTC +10:00) Guam, Port Moresby, Saipan(UTC +11:00) Efate, Guadalcanal, Kosrae(UTC +11:30) Norfolk Island(UTC +12:00) Auckland(UTC +12:00) Fiji, Marshall Islands(UTC +12:45) Chatham(UTC +13:00) Tongatapu(UTC +14:00) Kiritimati Geographic Region Time Zone
Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer59dTa p OK.eTa p Date.fSelect a date format from the menu displayed by selecting Format.gAfter tapping the box under Year, tap - or +, or use the number pad to enter the desired value. Repeat this step to enter the desired value for Month and Day.hTa p OK.iTa p Time.jSelect the time format from 12 Hour or 24 Hour. If you select 12 Hour, select AM or PM.kAfter tapping the box under Hour, use the number pad to enter the desired value. Repeat this step to enter the desired value for Minute.lTa p OK.mTa p Next.3The Fax (Do you want to setup Fax Now?) screen appears. To set Fax settings, select Yes, Setup FAX and follow the procedure below. To end the settings, select No, I'll Do It Later and proceed to Step 4. aEnter the fax number of the printer using the number pad.bTa p Country.cTap until the desired country appears, and then tap the desired country.The default paper size is automatically set when you select a country.YYYY/MM/DDDD/MM/YYYYMM/DD/YYYYAustralia A4Austria A4Belgium A4Canada LetterColombia LetterDenmark A4France A4Germany A4Ireland A4Italy A4Luxembourg A4Malaysia A4Mexico LetterNetherlands A4New Zealand A4Norway A4Singapore A4
60Connecting and Setting Up Your PrinterdTa p Next.4The Setup Complete (Congratulations, setup is complete.) screen appears.5Ta p OK.The printer automatically restarts after tapping OK.South Africa A4Spain A4Sweden A4Switzerland A4Thailand A4United Kingdom A4United States LetterUnknown Letter
Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer61Connecting to a Computer or a Network NOTE: The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy Install, click Installation Video. NOTE: Before making connections, be sure to turn off the printer. Connecting to a Computer Using the USB Cable (Direct Connection)A local printer is a printer which is directly connected to your computer using the USB cable. If your printer is connected to a network instead of your computer, skip this section and go to "Connecting to a Network Using the Ethernet Cable."1Connect the smaller USB connector into the USB port at the rear of the printer. NOTE: Ensure that you match the USB symbol on the cable to the USB symbol on the printer.2Connect the other end of the cable into a USB port of the computer. CAUTION: Do not connect the printer USB cable to a USB port located on the keyboard.1USB port11
62Connecting and Setting Up Your PrinterConnecting to a Network Using the Ethernet Cable1Connect the Ethernet cable.To connect the printer to the network, connect one end of an Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port on the rear of the printer, and the other end to a LAN drop or hub.Connecting to a Wireless Network NOTE: The wireless network connection feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only. You can connect the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw to a wireless network, using the built-in wireless network function. For a wireless connection setup, see "Configuring the Wireless Settings." NOTE: To use the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw through wireless connection, be sure to disconnect the Ethernet cable.Connecting to the Telephone Line CAUTION: Do not connect your printer directly to a Digital Subscriber Line (DSL). This may damage the printer. To use a DSL, you will need to use an appropriate DSL filter. Contact your service provider for the DSL filter. NOTE: The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy Install, click Installation Video.1Ethernet port11
Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer631Connect one end of a telephone line cord into the wall jack connector and the other end into an active wall jack.2If the "Blue" plug is attached to the phone connector, remove it.3To connect a telephone and/or answering machine to your printer, connect the telephone or answering machine line cord into the phone connector ( ).If the phone communication is serial in your country (such as Germany, Sweden, Denmark, Austria, Belgium, Italy, France and Switzerland), and that you are supplied with a "Yellow" terminator, insert the "Yellow" terminator into the phone connector ( ).Wall jack connectorTo the wall jackPhone connector"Blue" plugPhone connectorTo an external telephone or answering machine
64Connecting and Setting Up Your PrinterSetting Up the Printer Using Dell Printer Easy Install (Windows® Only) NOTE: To set up the printer connected with Macintosh computers or Linux computers, see "Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers" or "Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)" respectively.Basic SetupTo set up the printer, you can use the Dell Printer Easy Install program on the computer running a Microsoft® Windows® operating system. The program first searches for the printer and grasps how the printer is connected to the computer. Based on that information, the program will automatically try to configure the printer, and install the drivers and software to your computer. Before starting this basic setup, make sure that the printer is turned off, and ensure the cable connections as follows: To set up the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw as a wireless printer, disconnect the Ethernet cable from the printer. The printer will be connected to the same wireless network that the computer used is currently connected.To set up the printer as a network (wired) printer, connect the Ethernet cable to the printer. To set up the printer as a USB printer, connect the USB cable to the printer. NOTE: Where the wireless network connection is available, you cannot set up the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw as a USB printer in the basic setup. In this case, set up the printer following the procedures described in "Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method." NOTE: For Windows Vista®, you cannot set up the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw automatically as a wireless printer in the basic setup. In this case, set up the printer manually following the procedures described in "Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method." Phone connector"Yellow" terminator
Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer651Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The Dell Printer Easy Install program launches automatically. NOTE: If the Dell Printer Easy Install program does not launch automatically, follow the procedure below.For Windows Server® 2008 and Windows Server® 2008 R2Click start  Run, enter D:\setup_assist.exe (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the Run dialog box, and then click OK. For Windows Vista® and Windows® 7Click Start  All Programs  Accessories  Run, enter D:\setup_assist.exe (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the Run dialog box, and then click OK. For Windows® 8, Windows® 8.1, Windows Server® 2012, and Windows Server® 2012 R2 Point to the top or bottom right corner of the screen, and then click Search  Type Run in the search box, click Apps (for Windows® 8 and Windows Server® 2012 only), and then click Run  Ty p e D:\setup_assist.exe (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive), and then click OK. 2Turn o n the p rinte r.3Wait until the screen changes or click Next.Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.4Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears.5Eject the Software and Documentation disc.If the Main Menu of Dell Printer Easy Install Appears Without Starting or Completing the Basic SetupProceed to step 4 in "Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method," and set up the printer manually following the on-screen instructions. Setting Up the Printer in Another Connection Method You can set up the printer, specifying the connection method other than the one used in the basic setup. Before starting the setup procedure below, make sure that the printer is turned off, and ensure the cable connection as described in "Basic Setup."
66Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer1Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The Dell Printer Easy Install program launches automatically. 2Click Main Menu. The Main Menu screen appears. 3Turn o n the p rinte r. 4Click Setup. Follow the instructions displayed on the screen. 5Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears. 6Eject the Software and Documentation disc. Configuring the Wireless Settings NOTE: The wireless network connection feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only. This section describes how to configure the wireless connection on Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw.The specifications of the wireless connection are described below.Item SpecificationConnectivity Technology WirelessCompliant Standards IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n
Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer67*1 EAP method supports PEAPv0, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS PAP, and EAP-TTLS CHAP.*2 WPS 2.0 compliant. WPS 2.0 works on access points with the following encryption types: Mixed mode PSK, WPA-PSK AES, WPA2-PSK AES, WPA-PSK TKIP, Open (No Security)Determining the Wireless Network SettingsYou need to know the settings for the wireless network to set up the wireless printer. For details of the settings, contact your network administrator.Bandwidth 2.4 GHzData Transfer Rate IEEE 802.11n: 65 MbpsIEEE 802.11g: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, and 6 MbpsIEEE 802.11b: 11, 5.5, 2, and 1 MbpsSecurity 64 (40-bit key)/128 (104-bit key) WEP, WPA- PSK (TKIP, AES), WPA2-PSK (AES), WPA-Enterprise (TKIP, AES)*1, WPA2-Enterprise (AES)*1Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)*2Push-Button Configuration (PBC), Personal Identification Number (PIN)Wireless Settings SSID Specifies the name that identifies the wireless network with up to 32 alphanumeric characters.Network Mode Specifies the network mode from Ad-hoc or Infrastructure.Security Settings Security Selects the encryption type from No Security, Mixed mode PSK*, WPA-PSK-TKIP, WPA2-PSK-AES, and WEP.Transmit Key Specifies the transmit key from the list.WEP Key Specifies the WEP key used through the wireless network only when WEP is selected as the encryption type.Passphrase Specifies the passphrase of alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63 bytes long and the hexadecimal characters of 64 bytes long only when Mixed mode PSK*, or WPA2-PSK-AES is selected as the encryption type.*Mixed mode PSK automatically selects an available encryption type from WPA-PSK-TKIP, WPA-PSK-AES, or WPA2-PSK-AES.Item Specification
68Connecting and Setting Up Your PrinterYou can select a method to configure the Wireless Connection from the following:• Wizard Setup through Dell Printer Easy Install•WPS-PBC*1*3•WPS-PIN*2*3•Auto SSID Setup• Manual SSID Setup• Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool NOTE: If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the Admin Settings menu. NOTE: For details about using WPA-Enterprise-AES or WPA2-Enterprise-AES, see "Using Digital Certificates."Configuring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Easy Install1Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The Dell Printer Easy Install program launches automatically.2Click Main Menu.*1 WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by pressing the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then performing WPS-PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only when the access point supports WPS.*2 WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wire-less configuration, by entering PIN assignments in the printer and computer. This setting, performed through access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless router supports WPS.*3 WPS 2.0 compliant. WPS 2.0 works on access points with the following encryption types: Mixed mode PSK, WPA-PSK AES, WPA2-PSK AES, WPA-PSK TKIP, Open (No Security)
Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer693Click Change.4Select Configure the Wi-Fi settings, and then click Next.5Follow the on-screen instructions, and configure the wireless settings of the printer.For WPS-PBC, WPS-PIN, Auto SSID Setup, Manual SSID Setup, and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see the following instructions.
70Connecting and Setting Up Your PrinterConfiguring the Wireless Settings Without Using Dell Printer Easy InstallWPS-PBCYou can start Push Button Configuration only from the operator panel. NOTE: WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration by pressing the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then performing WPS-PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only when the access point supports WPS. NOTE: Before starting WPS-PBC, confirm the position of the WPS button (button name may vary) on the wireless LAN access point. For information about WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point.1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Admin Settings.3Ta p Network.4Ta p Wi-Fi. 5Ta p WPS Setup.6Ta p Push Button Configuration.7Ta p Start Configuration.Ensure that the message Push WPS Button on router is displayed, and start the WPS-PBC on the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) within 2 minutes.8When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.WPS-PINThe PIN code of WPS-PIN can only be configured from the operator panel. NOTE: WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration by entering PIN assignments to a printer and computer. This setting, performed through an access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless router support WPS.1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Admin Settings.3Ta p Network.4Ta p Wi-Fi.5Ta p WPS Setup.6Ta p PIN Code.7Write down the displayed 8-digit PIN code or tap Print PIN Code. The PIN code is printed.8Ta p Start Configuration.9Ensure that the message Operate Wireless Router is displayed, and enter the PIN code displayed on step 7 into the wireless LAN access point (Registrar). NOTE: For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point.10When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection setting is completed.
Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer71Auto SSID Setup1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Admin Settings.3Ta p Network.4Ta p Wi-Fi.5Ta p Wi-Fi Setup Wizard.The printer automatically searches the access points on wireless network.6Tap until the desired access point appears, and then select the access point.If the desired access point does not appear, go to "Manual SSID Setup." NOTE: Some hidden SSID may not be displayed. If the SSID is not detected turn on SSID broadcast from the router.7Ta p Next.8Enter the WEP key or passphrase.When the encryption type of the selected access point is WEP in step 6:aTa p t h e WEP Key text box, and then enter the WEP key.bTa p OK.When the encryption type of the selected access point is WPA, WPA2 or Mixed in step 6:aTa p t h e Passphrase text box, and then enter the passphrase.bTa p OK.9The Restart System screen appears. 10Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.Manual SSID Setup1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Admin Settings.3Ta p Network.4Ta p Wi-Fi.5Ta p Wi-Fi Setup Wizard.6Ta p t h e Manual SSID Setup check box, and then tap Next.7Enter the SSID, and then tap Next.8Select the network mode from Infrastructure and Ad-hoc depending on your environment, and then tap Next.If you select Infrastructure, proceed to step 9.If you select Ad-hoc, proceed to step 10.
72Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer9Select the encryption type from No Security, Mixed mode PSK, WPA2-PSK-AES, or WEP.If you do not set security for your wireless network:aTap until No Security appears, and then tap No Security.bTa p OK.To use Mixed mode PSK or WPA2-PSK-AES encryption:aTap until Mixed mode PSK, or WPA2-PSK-AES appears, and then tap the desired encryption type.bTa p t h e Passphrase text box, and then enter the passphrase.cTa p OK.To use WEP encryption:aTap until WEP appears, and then tap WEP.bTa p t h e WEP Key text box, and then enter the WEP key.cTa p Transmit Key, and then select the desired transmit key from Auto or WEP Key 1 to WEP Key 4.dTa p OK.Proceed to step 11.10Select the encryption type from No Security or WEP.If you do not set security for your wireless network:aTap until No Security appears, and then tap No Security.bTa p OK.To use WEP encryption:aTap until WEP appears, and then tap WEP.bTa p t h e WEP Key text box, and then enter the WEP key.cTa p Transmit Key, and then select the desired transmit key from Auto or WEP Key 1 to WEP Key 4.dTa p OK.11The Restart System screen appears.12Turn off the printer, and turn it on again to apply the settings.Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool NOTE: For details about using WPA-Enterprise-AES or WPA2-Enterprise-AES, see "Using Digital Certificates."1Ensure that the printer is turned off.2Connect the printer to the network with an Ethernet cable.For details about how to connect the Ethernet cable, see "Connecting to a Computer or a Network."3Turn o n the p rinte r.4Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool by entering the IP address of the printer in your web browser.5Click Print Server Settings.6Click Print Server Settings tab.7Click Wi-Fi. 8Enter the SSID in the SSID text box.9Select Ad-Hoc or Infrastructure in the Network Type drop-down list box.
Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer7310Select the encryption type from No Security, WEP, WPA-PSK-AES/WEP2-PSK AES, and Mixed Mode PSK in the Encryption drop-down list box, and then set each item for the encryption type selected. NOTE: For details on each item, see "Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool."11Click Apply New Settings to apply the settings.12Turn off the printer, disconnect the Ethernet cable and turn it on again.Wireless LAN connection setting is complete.Reconfiguring the Wireless SettingsTo change the wireless settings from your computer, perform the following. NOTE: To change the wireless settings through wireless connection, ensure that the wireless connection setting is completed in "Configuring the Wireless Settings." Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool NOTE: The following settings are available when the network mode is set to infrastructure in "Configuring the Wireless Settings." 1Check the IP address of the printer.aPress the (Information) button.bTa p About This MFP.cTa p t h e Network tab.dTap button until IP(v4) Address appears, and then check the IP address displayed in the IP(v4) Address.2Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool by entering the IP address of the printer in your web browser.3Click Print Server Settings.4Click Print Server Settings tab.5Click Wi-Fi. 6Change the wireless settings of the printer.
74Connecting and Setting Up Your Printer7Reboot the printer.8Change the wireless settings on your computer or access point accordingly. NOTE: To change the wireless settings on your computer, refer to the manuals provided with the wireless adapter or if your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the wireless settings using that tool. Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Dell Printer Easy Install1Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The Dell Printer Easy Install program launches automatically.2Click Main Menu.3Click Change.The Configure Printer window appears.4Select Configure the Wi-Fi settings, and then click Next.5Follow the on-screen instructions, and change the wireless settings of the printer.Reconfiguring the Wireless Settings Using Configuration Tool1Click Start  All Programs  Dell Printers  Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer - H815dw or Dell Smart Multifunction Printer - S2815dn  Configuration Tool.The Configure Printer window of the Dell Printer Easy Install program appears.2Select Configure the wireless network settings, and click Next. 3Follow the on-screen instructions, and change the wireless settings of the printer.
Setting the IP Address758Setting the IP Address NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw unless otherwise mentioned.Assigning an IP AddressAn IP address is a unique number that consists of four sections that are delimited by a period and can include up to three digits in each section, for example, 111.222.33.44.You can select the IP mode from Dual Stack, IPv4, and IPv6. If your network supports both IPv4 and IPv6, select Dual Stack. Select the IP mode of your environment, and then set IP address, subnet mask (for IPv4 only), and gateway address. CAUTION: Assigning an IP address that is already in use can cause network performance issues. NOTE: Assigning an IP address is considered as an advanced function and is normally done by a system administrator. NOTE: When you assign an IP address manually in IPv6 mode, use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. To display the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, use the link-local address. To confirm the link-local address, print a system settings report and check the Link-Local Address under Network (Wired) or Network (Wireless). For details about how to print a system settings report, see "Report / List." NOTE: If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the Admin Settings menu.When Using the Dell Printer Easy Install1Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The Dell Printer Easy Install program launches automatically.2Click Main Menu.
76Setting the IP Address3Click Change.The Configure Printer window appears.4Select Configure the IP address settings, and then click Next.5Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.When Using the Operator PanelFor more information on using the operator panel, see "Operator Panel."1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Admin Settings.3Ta p Network.4Do either of the following:When connecting to network with the Ethernet cable: Ta p Ethernet.When connecting to network through wireless connection (Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only): Ta p Wi-Fi. 5Ta p IP Mode.6Ta p IPv4 Mode, and then tap OK.
Setting the IP Address777Tap until TCP / IP appears, and then tap TCP / IP.8Ta p Get IP Address.9Ta p Panel, and then tap OK.10Ta p IP Address.The cursor is located at the first octet of the IP address.11Use the number pad to enter the first octet of the IP address, and then tap .The cursor moves to the next digit. NOTE: You can only enter one octet at a time and must tap after entering each octet.12Enter the rest of the octets, and then tap OK. 13Ta p Subnet Mask.14Repeat steps 11 and 12 to set Subnet Mask.15Ta p Gateway Address.16Repeat steps 11 and 12 to set Gateway Address.17Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.When Using the Tool Box1Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer - H815dw or Dell Smart Multifunction Printer - S2815dn  Tool Box.The Tool Box opens.2Click the Printer Maintenance tab.3Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.The TCP/IP Settings page appears.4Select the mode from IP Address Mode, and then enter the values in IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address.5Click Apply New Settings to take effect.You can also assign the IP address to the printer when installing the printer drivers with the installer. When you use the Wireless or Ethernet Connection feature, and the Get IP Address is set to AutoIP or DHCP on the printer, you can set the IP address from 0.0.0.0 to the desired IP address on the printer selection window. Verifying the IP SettingsYou can confirm the settings by using the operator panel, printing the system settings report, or using the ping command.Verifying the Settings Using Operator Panel 1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p About This MFP.3Ta p t h e Network tab.4Verify the IP address displayed in IP(v4) Address.
78Setting the IP AddressVerifying the Settings Using System Settings Report1Print the system settings report.For details about how to print a system settings report, see "Report / List."2Verify the correct IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address are listed in the system settings report under Network (Wired) or Network (Wireless).If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0 (the factory default), an IP address has not been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."Verifying the Settings Using Ping CommandSend a ping request to the printer and verify that it responds. For example, at a command prompt on a network computer, type "ping" followed by the new IP address (for example, 192.168.0.11):ping 192.168.0.11If the printer is active on the network, you will receive a reply.
Loading Paper799Loading Paper NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw unless otherwise mentioned. NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress. NOTE: The Software and Documentation disc also contains video instructions. In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy Install, click Installation Video.1Pull the tray out of the printer about 200 mm. 2Hold the tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
80Loading Paper3Adjust the paper guides. NOTE: Extend the front side of the tray when you load Legal-size paper.4Before loading the print media, flex the sheets and fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.5Load the print media into the tray with the recommended print side facing up. NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum fill line in the tray. Overfilling the tray may cause paper jams.6Align the width guides against the edges of the paper. NOTE: When loading user-specified print media, adjust the width guides and slide the extendable part of the tray by pinching the length guide and sliding it until it rests lightly against the edge of the paper.
Loading Paper817After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted, insert the tray into the printer. NOTE: If the front side of the tray is extended, the tray protrudes when it is inserted into the printer.8On the touch panel, tap Size. NOTE: Set the same paper size and type as the actual paper being loaded. An error may occur if the paper size or type setting is different from the loaded paper.9Select until the desired paper size appears, and then select the desired paper size.10Ta p Type.11Select until the desired paper type appears, and then select the desired paper type. 12Select OK.
82Loading Paper
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers8310Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw unless otherwise mentioned.Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install StatusBefore installing the printer driver on your computer, check the IP address of your printer by performing one of the procedures in "Verifying the IP Settings."Changing the firewall settings before installing your printerIf you are running one of the following operating systems, you must change the firewall settings before installing the Dell™ printer software:• Microsoft® Windows Vista®•Windows® 7•Windows® 8•Windows® 8.1•Windows Server® 2008•Windows Server® 2008 R2•Windows Server® 2012•Windows Server® 2012 R2The following procedure uses Windows® 7 as an example.1Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.2Click Start  Control Panel.3Select System and Security.4Click Allow a program through Windows Firewall.5Click Change settings  Allow another program.6Check Browse.7Ty p e D:\setup_assist.exe (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the File name text box, and then click Open.8Click Add, and then click OK.Starting Dell Printer Easy Install1Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer into your computer. The Dell Printer Easy Install program launches automatically. NOTE: If the Dell Printer Easy Install program does not launch automatically, follow the procedure below.For Windows Server® 2008 and Windows Server® 2008 R2Click start Run, enter D:\setup_assist.exe (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the Run dialog box, and then click OK. For Windows Vista® and Windows® 7Click Start All Programs  Accessories  Run, enter D:\setup_assist.exe (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive) in the Run dialog box, and then click OK.
84Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® ComputersFor Windows® 8, Windows® 8.1, Windows Server® 2012, and Windows Server® 2012 R2Point to the top or bottom right corner of the screen, and then click Search  Ty p e Run in the search box, click Apps (for Windows® 8 and Windows Server® 2012 only), and then click Run  Type D:\setup_assist.exe (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive), and then click OK.2Click Main Menu. The main menu window appears. USB Cable Connection Setup NOTE: If you are connecting the printer to a network, see "Network Connection Setup."For installing PCL, PS and Fax printer driver1Start the Dell Printer Easy Install program, following the procedures shown in "Starting Dell Printer Easy Install." 2In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy Install, click Connect.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers853Select USB Cable Connection, and then click Next.4Follow the on-screen instructions to connect the computer and the printer with a USB cable, and then turn the printer on.The Plug and Play installation starts and the installation software proceeds to the next page automatically.5Select either Typical Installation (recommended) or Custom Installation from the installation wizard, and then click Next. If you select Custom Installation, you can select the specific software you want to install.6Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears.If you want to verify installation, click Print Test Page before clicking Finish.For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver NOTE: XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows Vista®, Windows Vista® 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008, Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008 R2, Windows® 7, Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2012, and Windows Server® 2012 R2. NOTE: If you are using Windows Vista® or Windows Server® 2008, you need to install Service Pack 2 or later, and then the Windows® Platform Update (KB971644). The update (KB971644) is available for download from Windows Update.Windows Vista® or Windows Vista® 64-bit Edition1Extract the following zip file to your desired location.D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_H815dw_S2815dn.zip (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)2Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.3Click Add a printer.4Click Add a local printer.5Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.6Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.7Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.8Click OK.9Select your printer name and click Next. 10To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next. To use this printer as the default printer, select the check box displayed under the Printer name, and then click Next.Installation starts.
86Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® ComputersIf the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue. NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.11As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.12Click Finish.Windows Server® 2008 or Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.1Extract the following zip file to your desired location.D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_H815dw_S2815dn.zip (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)2Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.3Click Add a printer.4Click Add a local printer.5Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.6Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.7Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.8Click OK.9Select your printer name and click Next. 10To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next.To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next.11If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it.12Click Next.Installation starts.13As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation. 14Click Finish.Windows® 7, Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server® 2008 R21Extract the following zip file to your desired location.D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_H815dw_S2815dn.zip (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)2Click Start Devices and Printers.3Click Add a printer.When you use Windows Server® 2008 R2, click Add a local or network printer as an administrator.If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes. NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.4Click Add a local printer.5Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.6Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.7Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers878Click OK.9Select your printer name and click Next. 10To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next.To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next.11If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it.12Click Next.Installation starts.13As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.14Click Finish.Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2012, or Windows Server® 2012 R21Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_8\XPS-V4_H815dw_S2815dn.zip (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)2On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel.3Click Hardware and Sound (Hardware for Windows Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R2)  Devices and Printers  Add a printer.4Click The printer that I want isn't listed. 5Select Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings, and then click Next. 6Select the port connected to your printer, and then click Next. 7Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.8Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.9Click OK.10Select your printer name and click Next.11To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next. Installation starts.12If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it. Click Next.13As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation. To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box.14Click Finish.Network Connection Setup NOTE: To use this printer in a Linux environment, you need to install a Linux driver. For more information on how to install and use these, see "Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)."For installing PCL, PS and Fax printer driver1Start the Dell Printer Easy Install program, following the procedures shown in "Starting Dell Printer Easy Install." 2In the main menu window of Dell Printer Easy Install, click Connect.
88Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers3Select Wireless or Ethernet Connection, and then click Next.4Select the printer you want to install from the printer list, and then click Next. If the target printer is not displayed on the list, click the (Refresh) button to refresh the list or click add printer manually to add a printer to the list manually. You may specify the IP address and port name at this point.If you have installed this printer on the server computer, select the I am setting up this printer on a server check box. NOTE: When using AutoIP, 0.0.0.0 is displayed in the installer. Before you can continue, you must enter a valid IP address. NOTE: In some cases, Windows Security Alert is displayed in this step when you use Windows Vista®, Windows Vista® 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008, Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008 R2, Windows® 7, Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2012, and Windows Server® 2012 R2. In this case, select Unblock (Allow access for Windows Server® 2008 R2 and Windows® 7), and then continue the procedure.5Specify the printer settings, and then click Next.aEnter the printer name.bIf you want to set the printer as the default printer, select the Set this printer as default check box.cIf you want to install the PostScript 3 Compatible printer driver, select the PS Driver check box.If you want to install the Fax Driver, select the Fax Driver check box.dIf you want other users on the network to access the printer, select Share this printer with other computers on the network, and then enter a share name that users can identify.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers896Select the software and documentation you want to install, and then click Install. If you want to change the installation destination, click Change Destination Folder and specify a new location.7Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print! screen appears.If you want to verify installation, click Print Test Page before clicking Finish.For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver NOTE: XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows Vista®, Windows Vista® 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008, Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2008 R2, Windows® 7, Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2012, and Windows Server® 2012 R2.Windows Vista® or Windows Vista® 64-bit Edition1Extract the following zip file to your desired location.D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_H815dw_S2815dn.zip (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)2Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.3Click Add a printer.4Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.5Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.6Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click Next.7Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address, and then click Next.If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue. NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.8Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.9Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.10Click OK.11Select your printer name and click Next.12To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next.To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next.Installation starts.13As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.14Click Finish.Windows Server® 2008 or Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.1Extract the following zip file to your desired location.D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_H815dw_S2815dn.zip (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)2Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.3Click Add a printer.4Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
90Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers5Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.When you select your printer, go to step 8.When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.6Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click Next.7Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address, and then click Next.If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue. NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.8Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.9Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.10Click OK.11Select your printer name and click Next.12To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next.To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next.13If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it.14Click Next.Installation starts.15As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.16Click Finish.Windows Server® 2008 R21Extract the following zip file to your desired location.D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_H815dw_S2815dn.zip (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)2Click Start Devices and Printers.3Click Add a printer.4Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.5Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed. NOTE: When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, Find a printer by name or TCP/IP address screen appears. Find your printer on the screen.If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue. NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.6Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.7Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.8Click OK.9Select your printer name and click Next.10To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next.To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers9111If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it.12Click Next.Installation starts.13As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation.14Click Finish.Windows® 7 or Windows® 7 64-bit Edition1Extract the following zip file to your desired location.D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS-V3_H815dw_S2815dn.zip (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)2Click Start Devices and Printers.3Click Add a printer.4Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.5Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.When you select your printer, go to step 8.When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.6Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click Next.7Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address, and then click Next.If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes. NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.8Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.9Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.10Click OK.11Select your printer name and click Next.12To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next.To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box, and then click Next.13If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it.14Click Next.Installation starts.15As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation. 16Click Finish.Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2012, or Windows Server® 2012 R21Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_8\XPS-V4_H815dw_S2815dn.zip (where D is the drive letter of the optical drive)2On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel.
92Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers3Click Hardware and Sound (Hardware for Windows Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R2)  Devices and Printers  Add a printer.4Click The printer that I want isn't listed. 5Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP or host name, and then click Next. 6Select TCP/IP Device from Device Type, enter the IP address in the Hostname or IP address box, and then click Next. 7Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.8Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.9Click OK.10Select your printer name and click Next.11To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box, and then click Next. Installation starts.12If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it. Click Next.13As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to verify installation. To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer check box.14Click Finish.Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to monitor the status of your network printer without leaving your desk. You can view and/or change the printer settings, monitor toner level, and acknowledge the timing of ordering replacement consumables. You can click the Dell supplies link for ordering supplies. NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is not available when the printer is directly connected to a computer or a print server.To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, type the printer's IP address in your web browser. The printer configuration appears on the screen.You can set up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to send you an e-mail when the printer needs supplies or intervention.To set up e-mail alerts:1Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.2Click E-Mail Server Settings Overview link.3Under E-Mail Server Settings, enter the Primary SMTP Gateway, Reply Address, and your or key operator's e-mail address in the e-mail list box.4Click Apply New Settings. NOTE: Connection pending until printer sends an alert is displayed on the SMTP server until an error occurs.Setting Up for Shared PrintingYou can share your USB connected printer with other computers (clients) on the same network. To share your USB connected printer, enable shared printing when installing the printer driver. You can also enable shared printing by following the procedures below. NOTE: Printer utilities such as Status Monitor cannot be used from a network client.
Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers93Enabling Shared Printing from the ComputerWindows Server® 2003 or Windows Server® 2003 x64 Edition1Click start Printers and Faxes.2Right-click the printer icon and select Properties.3On the Sharing tab, select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.4Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.5Click OK.If you are missing files, you are prompted to insert the server operating system CD.Windows Vista® or Windows Vista® 64-bit Edition1Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.2Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing.3Click Change sharing options.The message Windows needs your permission to continue appears.4Click Continue.5Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.6Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.7Click OK.Windows Server® 2008 or Windows Server® 2008 64-bit Edition1Click Start Control Panel Printers.2Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing.3Click Change Sharing Options if exists.4Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.5Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.6Click OK.Windows® 7, Windows® 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server® 2008 R2 1Click Start Devices and Printers.2Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties.3On the Sharing tab, click Change Sharing Options if exists.Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.4Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients that print to the printer.5Click Apply, and then click OK.Windows® 8, Windows® 8 64-bit Edition, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 8.1 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2012, or Windows Server® 2012 R21On the Desktop screen, right-click the bottom left corner of the screen, and then click Control Panel  Hardware and Sound (Hardware for Windows Server® 2012/Windows Server® 2012 R2)  Devices and Printers.2Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties.3On the Sharing tab, click Change Sharing Options if exists.
94Installing Printer Drivers on Windows® Computers4Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share name text box.5Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer.6Click Apply, and then click OK.Checking the Shared PrinterTo confirm that the printer is properly shared:• Ensure that the printer object in the Printers, Printers and Faxes, or Devices and Printers folder is shared. The shared icon is shown under the printer icon.• From a network client, browse Network or My Network Places. Find the host name of the server and the shared name you assigned to the printer.After you have checked that the printer is shared, use methods such as Windows® Point and Print to use the shared printer from a network client. NOTE: If the OS bit editions (32/64 bit edition) differ between a print server and a client computer, you need to manually add the printer driver for the client computer edition on the server. Otherwise, the printer driver cannot be installed on the client computer using methods such as Point and Print. For example, if the print server runs on Windows Vista® 32-bit edition, while the client computer runs on Windows® 7 64-bit edition, follow the procedures below to additionally install the printer driver for 64-bit client on the 32-bit server.aClick Additional Drivers on the screen for sharing printers.For details about how to display this screen, see "Enabling Shared Printing from the Computer."bSelect the x64 check box, and then click OK.cInsert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.dClick Browse to specify the folder that contains the 64-bit OS driver, and then click OK.Installation starts.
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers9511Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh ComputersInstalling the Drivers and Software1Run the Software and Documentation disc on the Macintosh computer.2For Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw, double-click the Dell MFP H815dw Installer icon, and then click Continue.For Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn, double-click the Dell MFP S2815dn Installer icon, and then click Continue.3When the popup dialog box prompts you for confirming the program included in the installation package, click Continue.4Click Continue on the Important Information screen.5Select a language for the Software License Agreement screen.6After reading the Software License Agreement, click Continue.7If you agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, click Agree to continue the installation process.8Confirm the installation location.9Click Install to perform the standard installation.If you want to select a custom installation, click Customize to select items that you want to install.• Dell MFP H815dw Printer Driver or Dell MFP S2815dn Printer Driver• Dell MFP H815dw Fax Driver or Dell MFP S2815dn Fax Driver• Dell MFP H815dw Scan Driver or Dell MFP S2815dn Scan Driver• Dell Printer Status Monitor10Type the administrator's name and password, and then click Install Software.11Click Continue Installation to continue the installation.12When the message The installation was successful. appears, click Log Out to complete installation.Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, or OS X 10.10When Using a USB connection1Turn o n the p rinte r.2Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.The printer is automatically added to your Macintosh computer.When Using IP Printing1Turn o n the p rinte r.2Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected via network. If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and the network.If you use wireless connection on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw, ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
96Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers3For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax.For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Scan.For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Open the System Preferences, and click Printers & Scanners.4Click the Plus (+) sign, select Add Printer or Scanner (Add Other Printer or Scanner for OS X 10.7), and select IP. For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6, just click the Plus (+) sign and select IP.5Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol.6Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.7For Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, and OS X 10.7: Select Dell MFP H815dw v3012 PS vX.X or Dell MFP S2815dn v3012 PS vX.X for Print Using.For OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, and OS X 10.10: Select Dell MFP H815dw v3012 PS vX.X or Dell MFP S2815dn v3012 PS vX.X for Use. NOTE: When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.8Click Add.9Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click Continue.10For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Fax dialog box.For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Scan dialog box.For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Printers & Scanners dialog box.When Using Bonjour1Turn o n the p rinte r.2Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected via network. If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and the network.If you use wireless connection on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw, ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.3For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax.For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Scan.For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Open the System Preferences, and click Printers & Scanners.4Click the Plus (+) sign, select Add Printer or Scanner (Add Other Printer or Scanner for OS X 10.7), and select Default.For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6, just click the Plus (+) sign and select Default.5Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Name (Printer Name for Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, and OS X 10.7) list. 6For Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, and OS X 10.7: Name and Print Using are automatically entered.For OS X 10.8, OS X 10.9, and OS X 10.10: Name and Use are automatically entered. NOTE: If AirPrint Printer is automatically selected for Print Using (or Use), select Dell MFP H815dw v3012 PS vX.X or Dell MFP S2815dn v3012 PS vX.X manually.7Click Add.8Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click Continue.
Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers979For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Fax dialog box.For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Scan dialog box.For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Printers & Scanners dialog box.Configuring SettingsConfigure the options available for the printer. 1For Mac OS X 10.5 and Mac OS X 10.6: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax.For OS X 10.7 and OS X 10.8: Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Scan.For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Open the System Preferences, and click Printers & Scanners.2Select the printer in the Printers list, and click Options & Supplies.3For Mac OS X 10.5, Mac OS X 10.6, OS X 10.7, and OS X 10.8: Select Driver, select the options that can be configured for the printer, and then click OK.For OS X 10.9 and OS X 10.10: Select Options, select the options that can be configured for the printer, and then click OK.
98Installing Printer Drivers on Macintosh Computers
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)9912Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)This section provides information for installing or setting up the printer driver with CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) on Red HatEnterprise Linux 6 (32/64bit), SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 (32/64bit), or Ubuntu 12.04 LTS (32/64bit). Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 DesktopSetup Overview1Install the printer driver.2Set up the print queue.3Specify the default queue.4Specify the printing options.Installing the Printer Driver1Select Applications System Tools  Terminal.2Type the following command in the terminal window.For the 32-bit architectureFor the 64-bit architectureThe printer driver is installed.Setting Up the QueueTo execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.1Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser.2Click Administration.3Click Add Printer.4Ty p e root as the user name, type the administrator password, and click OK.For network connections:aSelect LPD/LPR Host or Printer from the Other Network Printers menu, and click Continue.su(Type the administrator password)rpm -ivh (Type the file path)/Dell-MFP-H815dw-S2815dn-*.*-*.i686.rpmsu(Type the administrator password)rpm -ivh (Type the file path)/Dell-MFP-H815dw-S2815dn-*.*-*.x86_64.rpm
100Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)bType the IP address of the printer in Connection, and click Continue.Format: lpd://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (the IP address of the printer)For USB connections:aSelect Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn from the Local Printers menu, and click Continue.5Type the name of the printer in the Name box in the Add Printer window, and click Continue.You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for further information.If you want to share the printer, select the Share This Printer check box. 6Select Dell from the Make menu, and click Continue. 7Select Dell MFP H815dw vXXXX PS or Dell MFP S2815dn vXXXX PS from the Model menu, and click Add Printer.The setup is complete.Printing From the ApplicationsWhen you have finished setting up the queue, you can print jobs from the applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in the print dialog box. However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing, set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."Setting the Default Queue1Select Applications System Tools  Terminal.2Type the following command in the terminal window.Specifying the Printing OptionsYou can specify the printing options such as 2-sided printing.1Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser.2Click Administration.3Click Manage Printers.4Click the queue name for which you want to specify the printing options.5Select Set Default Options from the Administration menu.6Click the desired setting item, specify the required settings, and click Set Default Options.The message Printer xxx default options have been set successfully. appears.The setting is complete.Uninstalling the Printer Driver1Select Applications System Tools Terminal.2Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.su(Type the administrator password)lpadmin -d (Type the queue name)
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)1013Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.4Type the following command in the terminal window.The printer driver is uninstalled.Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11Setup Overview1Install the printer driver.2Set up the print queue.3Specify the default queue.4Specify the printing options.Installing the Printer Driver1Select Computer More Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on the Application Browser.2Type the following command in the terminal window.For the 32-bit architectureFor the 64-bit architectureThe printer driver is installed.su(Type the administrator password)/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the print queue name)su(Type the administrator password)rpm -e Dell-MFP-H815dw-S2815dnsu(Type the administrator password)rpm -ivh (Type the file path)/ Dell-MFP-H815dw-S2815dn-*.*-*.i686.rpmsu(Type the administrator password)rpm -ivh (Type the file path)/ Dell-MFP-H815dw-S2815dn-*.*-*.x86_64.rpm
102Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)Setting Up the QueueTo execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.1Select Computer More Applications..., and select YaST on the Application Browser.2Type the administrator password, and click Continue.YaST Control Center is activated.3Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.The Printer Configurations dialog box opens.For network connections:aClick Add.The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box opens.bClick Connection Wizard.The Connection Wizard dialog box opens.cSelect Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol from Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via.dType the IP address of the printer in IP Address or Host Name:.eSelect Dell in the Select the printer manufacturer: drop-down menu.fClick OK.The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box appears.gFor Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw, select Dell MFP H815dw vXXXX PS [Dell/ Dell_MFP_H815dw.ppd.gz] from the Assign Driver list. For Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn, select Dell MFP S2815dn vXXXX PS [Dell/ Dell_MFP_S2815dn.ppd.gz] from the Assign Driver list. NOTE: You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.hConfirm the settings, and click OK.For USB connections:aClick Add.The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box opens.The printer name is displayed in the Determine Connection list.bFor Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw, select Dell MFP H815dw vXXXX PS [Dell/ Dell_MFP_H815dw.ppd.gz] from the Assign Driver list. For Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn, select Dell MFP S2815dn vXXXX PS [Dell/ Dell_MFP_S2815dn.ppd.gz] from the Assign Driver list. NOTE: You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.cConfirm the settings, and click OK.Printing From the ApplicationsWhen you have finished setting up the queue you can print jobs from the applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in the print dialog box. However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing, set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)103Setting the Default QueueYou can set the default queue when you add the printer.1Select Computer More Applications..., and select YaST on the Application Browser.2Type the administrator password, and click Continue.YaST Control Center is activated.3Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and se lect Printer.The Printer Configurations dialog box opens.4Click Edit.A dialog box to modify the specified queue opens.5Confirm that the printer you want to set is selected in the Connection list.6Select the Default Printer check box.7Confirm the settings, and click OK.Specifying the Printing OptionsYou can specify the printing options such as 2-sided printing.1Open a web browser.2Ty p e http://localhost:631/admin in Location, and press <Enter>.3Click Manage Printers.4Click Set Printer Options of the printer for which you want to specify the printing options.5Specify the required settings, and click Set Printer Options.6Ty p e root as the user name, type the administrator password, and click OK. NOTE: Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the printer queue. If you have not set it, go to "Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator."The message Printer xxx has been configured successfully. appears.The setting is complete. Execute printing from the application.
104Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer AdministratorYou must set the password for authority as the printer administrator to do operations as the printer administrator.1Select ComputerMore Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on the Application Browser.2Type the following command in the terminal window.Uninstalling the Printer Driver1Select Computer More Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on the Application Browser.2Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue.3Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.4Type the following command in the terminal window.The printer driver is uninstalled.Operation on Ubuntu 12.04 LTSSetup Overview1Install the printer driver. 2Set up the print queue. 3Specify the default queue. 4Specify the printing options. Installing the Printer Driver1Click Dash Home, and enter terminal in the Search text box.2Click Terminal in the Applications category of the search results.su(Type the administrator password)lppasswd -g sys -a root(Type the password for authority as the printer administrator after the Enter password prompt.)(Retype the password for authority as the printer administrator after the Enter password again prompt.)su(Type the administrator password)/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the printer queue name)su(Type the administrator password)rpm -e Dell-MFP-H815dw-S2815dn
Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)1053Type the following command in the terminal window.For the 32-bit architectureFor the 64-bit architectureThe printer driver is installed. Setting Up the QueueTo execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation. 1Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser. 2Click Administration. 3Click Add Printer. 4Type the user name and the administrator password, and click OK. 5Select either of the following according to the type of your printer connection.For network connections: aSelect LPD/LPR Host or Printer from the Other Network Printers menu, and click Continue. bType the IP address of the printer in Connection, and click Continue.Format: lpd://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (the IP address of the printer)For USB connections: aSelect Dell MFP H815dw or Dell MFP S2815dn from the Local Printers menu, and click Continue. 6Type the name of the printer in the Name box in the Add Printer window, and click Continue. You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for further information. If you want to share the printer, select the Share This Printer check box. 7Select Dell from the Make menu, and click Continue. 8Select Dell MFP H815dw vXXXX PS or Dell MFP S2815dn vXXXX PS from the Model menu, and click Add Printer. The setup is complete. Printing From the ApplicationsWhen you have finished setting up the queue, you can print jobs from the applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in the print dialog box. sudo dpkg –i (Type the file path)/dell-mfp-S2815dn-H815dw-*.*-*_i386.deb(Type the administrator password)sudo dpkg –i (Type the file path)/dell-mfp-S2815dn-H815dw-*.*-*_amd64.deb(Type the administrator password)
106Installing Printer Drivers on Linux Computers (CUPS)However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing, set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."Setting the Default Queue1Click Dash Home, and enter terminal in the Search text box. 2Click Terminal in the Applications category of the search results. 3Type the following command in the terminal window. Specifying the Printing OptionsYou can specify the printing options such as 2-sided printing. 1Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser. 2Click Administration.3Click Manage Printers. 4Click the queue name for which you want to specify the printing options.5Select Set Default Options from the Administration menu. 6Click the desired setting item, specify the required settings, and click Set Default Options. The message Printer xxx default options have been set successfully. appears. The setting is complete.Uninstalling the Printer Driver 1Click Dash Home, and enter terminal in the Search text box. 2Click Terminal in the Applications category of the search results.3Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print queue. 4Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.5Type the following command in the terminal window. The printer driver is uninstalled. sudo lpadmin -d (Type the queue name) (Type the administrator password)sudo /usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the print queue name) (Type the administrator password)sudo dpkg –r Dell-MFP-H815dw-S2815dn(Type the administrator password)
107Using Your Printer13 Operator Panel .......................................................................... 10914 Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool................................... 11715 Understanding the Printer Menus.......................................... 17116 Print Media Guidelines............................................................. 25317 Loading Print Media ................................................................. 259
108
Operator Panel10913Operator PanelAbout the Operator PanelThe operator panel has a touch panel, a ready/error LED, control buttons, and a number pad, which allows you to control the printer. NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw unless otherwise mentioned.Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dwDell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn1(Home) button• Moves to the Home screen.2(Login/Logout) button• Allows the user to log out.134576211 912138101345762111214810
110Operator Panel3Touch Panel• Specifies the settings by directly tapping the screen. • Displays various settings, instructions, and error messages. 4Ready / Error LED• Shows a green light when the printer is ready and a blinking green light when data is being received.• Shows an amber light when an error occurs and a blinking amber light when an unrecoverable print error occurs.5Number Pad• Enters numbers and characters.6(Redial / Pause) button• Calls up the last called number.• Inserts a pause into a telephone number.7(Copy) button• Starts copying the document. Effective only from the Home screen while you are logged in to the printer. 8(Power Saver) button• Enters or exits the Power Saver mode. When the printer is not used for a while, it enters the Power Saver mode to reduce power consumption. When the Power Saver mode is active, the (Power Saver) button blinks. 9(NFC) reader • Starts communication between the printer and an NFC card or a mobile device with the NFC function when the card or the device is tapped to the reader.10/(Speed Dial 1 / Speed Dial 2) button• Starts faxing the document to the number registered as "001" and "002" respectively of the FAX Speed Dial. Effective only when the Home screen is displayed. 11(Delete) button• Deletes numbers and characters.12(Job Status) button• Moves to the Job Status screen. From this screen, you can check or cancel active jobs.13(Information) Wi-Fi|WPS button• Moves to the Information screen. You can access various information and settings menu including Wi-Fi and Wi-Fi Direct features, check the name of the connected device via Wi-Fi Direct, check consumable levels and network status, and print various types of reports and lists.14(Information) button• Moves to the Information screen. You can access various information and settings menu, check consumable levels and network status, and print various types of reports and lists. NOTE: Moving to a different menu or returning to a previous screen cancels the current entry or setting. Be sure to select OK to save the current entry or setting.
Operator Panel111Basic Operations on the Touch PanelYou can operate the touch panel as with a smart phone or a tablet. To Select the Item on the ScreenTap the item. To Scroll the Screen or the Listed ItemsSwipe the screen by dragging your finger on the screen. To scroll faster, flick the screen. NOTE: You cannot swipe or flick on some screens depending on the screen design and specifications. In this case, operate by tapping the buttons shown on the screen. CopyFaxScan to USBID CopyScan to EmailPrintHome GuestCopyFaxScan to USBID CopyScan to EmailPrintHome GuestCopyFaxScan to USBID CopyScan to EmailPrintHome Guest
112Operator PanelAbout the Home ScreenThis section describes the fields and buttons on the Home screen which is displayed by pressing the (Home) button while the user is logged in to the printer. As the factory default setting, the Home screen is displayed when the printer is turned on. NOTE: To display the Home screen, the user must be registered beforehand and log in to the printer. For more information, see "User Authentication." * Available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw onlyNotification BarDisplays the status of the printer when the handle is dragged down. To close, drag up the handle. You can adjust the screen brightness, see the toner information, or monitor the jobs currently progressing. Warnings are displayed in this area, too. To adjust the screen brightness, drag the slider in Screen Brightness. To see the Toner Information, tap Supplies. The information of the toner is displayed. Lock Icon Shows that any of the functions controlled by the Functions Control setting has been enabled. While the Lock icon is displayed on the left to the account name, you can access the password-locked functions without entering the password.Envelope Mode IconAppears when the printer is set to the envelope mode.Wi-Fi Direct Connection Status IconDisplays the Wi-Fi Direct connection status. This icon is displayed only when Wi-Fi Direct is enabled.(Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only)Wireless LAN Connection Status IconDisplays the intensity of wireless signal when the printer is connected to a wireless network.(Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only)CopyFaxScan to USBID CopyScan to EmailPrintHome GuestTilesAccount NameTime/Network InformationWireless LAN Connection Status Icon*Wi-Fi Direct Connection Status Icon*Envelope Mode IconLock IconNotification Bar
Operator Panel113Time/Network InformationDisplays the current time or the network information (IPv4 address or host name). Account NameDisplays the name of the user currently logging in to the printer. TilesDisplays the tiles of the functions you can select from. When the tile color is pale and disabled, you cannot select the function. When the Lock icon is displayed on the tile, the function is controlled by the Functions Control setting and you will need to enter the password to enable the function. For more information about Functions Control, see "Functions Control." Moving, Adding or Deleting the TilesTo Move the TilesTap and hold the tile you want to move, and drag it to the desired place. The short orange bar appears between the tiles to show the nearest drop point when you are dragging the tile. You can move the tile between pages as well. To Add the TilesFind the Add App tile in the last page of the Home screen, and tap it.The Apps List screen appears. Tap the tile you want to add to the Home screen. CopyFaxScan to USBID CopyScan to EmailPrintHome GuestAdd AppID CopyHome Guest
114Operator PanelTo Delete the TilesTap and hold the tile you want to delete. appears. Drag the tile to the icon. The confirmation screen is displayed.Ta p OK to delete the tile. Using the Keyboard Displayed on the Touch PanelDuring operations, a keyboard for entering text sometimes appears. The following describes how to enter text.You can enter the following characters: numbers, alphabets, and symbols.To Change the Keyboard Layout1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Language Settings.3Ta p Keyboard Layout.4Tap the desired keyboard layout. 5Ta p OK. Item DescriptionEntering alphabets To enter uppercase letters, tap . To return to the lowercase letters, tap again. To lock to the uppercase letters, double-tap . Entering numbers and symbols Tap .Entering a space Tap .Deleting characters Tap to delete one character at a time.CopyFaxScan to USBID CopyScan to EmailPrintHome GuestBackQWERTY AZERTY QWERTZDone Back Done Back Done
Operator Panel115Using the Number PadAs you perform various tasks, you may need to enter numbers. For example, when you enter fax number directly.Number Pad NumbersChanging NumbersIf you make a mistake while entering a number, press the (Delete) button to delete the last digit. Then enter the correct number.Inserting a PauseFor some telephone systems, it is necessary to dial an access code and listen for a second dial tone. A pause must be entered in order for the access code to function. For example, enter the access code 9 and then press the (Redial/Pause) button before entering the telephone number. "-" appears on the display when a pause is entered.Printing a Panel Settings ReportThe panel settings report shows current settings for the printer menus. For details about how to print a panel settings report, see "Report / List."Changing the LanguageTo change the language used on the touch panel:1234567890#
116Operator PanelWhen Using the Operator Panel1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Language Settings.3Ta p Panel Language.4Tap until the desired language appears, and then tap the desired language.5Ta p OK.When Using the Tool Box1Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer - H815dw or Dell Smart Multifunction Printer - S2815dn Tool Box.The Tool Box opens.2Click the Printer Maintenance tab.3Select Panel Language from the list at the left side of the page.The Panel Language page appears.4Select the desired language from Panel Language, and then click Apply New Settings.Setting the Power Saver Timer OptionYou can set the power saver timer for the printer. The printer enters the power saver mode when the printer is not used for a certain period of time. NOTE: If Panel Lock Control is set to Enable, you need to enter the four-digit password to enter the Admin Settings menu.To set the power saver timer:1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Admin Settings. 3Ta p System Settings.4Ta p General.5Ta p Power Saver Timer.6Ta p Sleep or Deep Sleep.7Tap – or +, or use the number pad to enter the desired value.You can specify from 1 to 60 minutes for Sleep or 1 to 60 minutes for Deep Sleep.8Ta p OK.About the Concurrent Jobs Feature This feature enables you to start a concurrent job while a fax job is running. This is done by temporarily displaying the Home screen and switching to a different function that can be run concurrently such as copy or scan.1While the printer is sending or receiving a fax, press the (Home) button.2Ta p Copy or Scan. 3After setting the copy or scan settings, tap OK.For details about Copy or Scan, see "Copying" or "Scanning."
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool11714Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolOverview NOTE: This web tool is available only when the printer is connected to a network using an Ethernet cable or the built-in wireless network function. NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw unless otherwise mentioned.One of the features of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is E-Mail Alert Setup, which sends e-mail to you or the key operator when the printer needs supplies or intervention.To fill out printer inventory reports requiring the asset tag number of all the printers in your area, use the Printer Information feature in the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. Enter the IP address of each printer on the network to display the asset tag number. The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool feature also allows you to change the printer settings and keep track of printing trends. If you are a network administrator, you can copy the printer settings to one or all printers on the network using your web browser.
118Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolSetting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web ToolEnsure that you activate JavaScript in your browser before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.Follow the procedures below to configure both the environment settings of your web browser and the operator panel before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool pages may be displayed unreadable if the pages were configured by the language different from the language of your web browser.Setting Up From Web BrowserFor Internet Explorer® Setting Up the Display Language1Select Internet Options from Tools on the menu bar.2Select Languages in the General tab.3Specify the display language in order of preference in the Language list.For example:•Italian (Italy) [it-IT]•Spanish (Traditional Sort) [es-ES tradnl]•German (Germany) [de-DE]•French (France) [fr-FR]•English (United States) [en-US]•Danish [da-DK]•Dutch (Netherlands) [nl-NL]•Norwegian (Bokmal) [no]•Swedish [sv-SE]Setting the IP Address of the Printer to Non-Proxy1Select Internet Options from the Tools menu.2Click LAN Settings under Local Area Network (LAN) Settings in the Connections tab.3Do either of the following:•Clear the Use a proxy server for your LAN check box under Proxy server.•Click Advanced, and then specify the IP address of the printer in the Do not use proxy server for addresses beginning with field under Exceptions.Setting Up From Operator PanelYou can launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool only when the operator panel setting is set to Enable. Confirm the operator panel setting if you cannot launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For more information, see "Understanding the Printer Menus."
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool119Starting the Dell Printer Configuration Web ToolTo launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, enter the IP address of your printer in your web browser.If you do not know the IP address of your printer, print the system settings report or display the TCP/IP settings page, which lists the IP address. For details about how to find your printer's IP address, see "Verifying the IP Settings."Overview of the Menu ItemsThe Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool consists of the following menus:• Printer Status•Printer Jobs•Printer Settings• Print Server Settings• Copy Printer Settings•Print Volume• Address Book• Printer Information•Tray Management• E-Mail Server Settings Overview•Set Password•Online Help• Order Supplies at:• Contact Dell Support at:•Dell Document Hub at:*1Printer StatusUse the Printer Status menu to get immediate feedback on the printer supply status. When the toner cartridge is running low, click the order supplies link on the first screen to order a new toner cartridge.Printer JobsUse the Printer Jobs menu to contain information on the Job List page and Completed Jobs page.These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol or job.Printer SettingsUse the Printer Settings menu to change the printer settings and to view the settings in the operator panel remotely.Print Server SettingsUse the Print Server Settings menu to change the type of printer interface and the necessary conditions for communications.*1 This item is available only on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw.
120Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolCopy Printer SettingsUse the Copy Printer Settings menu to copy the printer settings to another printer or printers on the network by typing the IP address of each printer. NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.Print VolumeUse the Print Volume menu to check the history of printing, such as paper usage or the types of jobs being printed.Address BookUse the Address Book menu to view or edit the e-mail address, server address, and fax number entries in the Address Book, or to register new entries. NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.Printer InformationUse the Printer Information menu to get information on service calls, inventory reports, or the status of current memory and engine code levels.Tray ManagementUse the Tray Management menu to get information about the paper type and size for each tray.E-Mail Server Settings OverviewUse the E-Mail Server Settings Overview menu to configure E-Mail Server settings for Scan to Email, e-mail alert and forwarding fax to email features. Job history reports, job statistics reports, and print volume reports can also be received by e-mail. To receive alerts or reports, specify your e-mail address or the e-mail address of the key operator in the E-Mail Server menu. Set PasswordUse the Set Password menu to lock the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool with a password so that other users do not inadvertently change the printer settings that you have selected. NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.Online HelpClick Online Help to visit the Dell Support website.Order Supplies at:www.dell.com/supplies Contact Dell Support at:support.dell.com Dell Document Hub at:www.dell.com/dochub
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool121Page Display FormatThe layout of the page is divided into three sections listed below: •Top Frame•Left Frame•Right FrameTop FrameThe top frame is located at the top of all pages. When the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is activated, the current status and specifications of the printer are displayed in the top frame on every page. The following items are displayed in the top frame.1Product Name Displays the product name of the printer.2IPv4 Displays the IP address of the printer.IPv63Location Displays location of the printer. The location can be changed in the Basic Information section on the Print Server Settings page.4Contact Person Displays the name of the printer administrator. The name can be changed in the Basic Information section on the Print Server Settings page.5 Event Panel Displays the indicator for the condition of the printer. 6Machine image Shows the bitmap image of the printer. The Printer Status menu appears in the right frame when you click the image.123465
122Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolLeft FrameThe left frame is located on the left side of all the pages. The menu titles displayed in the left frame are linked to corresponding menus and pages. You can go to the corresponding page by clicking their characters.The following menus are displayed in the left frame.Right FrameThe right frame is located on the right side of all the pages. The contents of the right frame correspond to the menu that you select in the left frame. For details on the items displayed in the right frame, see "Details of the Menu Items."1Printer Status Links to the Printer Status menu.2Printer Jobs Links to the Printer Jobs menu.3 Printer Settings Links to the Printer Settings Report menu.4Print Server Settings Links to the Print Server Reports menu.5 Copy Printer Settings Links to the Copy Printer Settings menu.6Print Volume Links to the Print Volume menu.7 Address Book Links to the E-Mail Address menu.8 Printer Information Links to the Printer Status menu.9 Tray Management Links to the Tray Management menu.10 E-Mail Server Settings OverviewLinks to the Print Server Settings menu.11 Set Password Links to the Security menu.12 Online Help Links to the Dell Support website. 13 Order Supplies at: Links to the Dell web page.14 Contact Dell Support at: Links to the Dell Support website.15 Dell Document Hub at:*1Links to the Dell Document Hub website. *1This item is available only on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw.123456891011121314157
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool123Buttons in the Right FrameChanging the Settings of the Menu ItemsSome menus allow you to change the printer settings through the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. When you access these menus, the authentication window appears on the screen. Type a user name and password for the printer administrator by following the prompts displayed in the dialog box.The default user name is admin, and the default password is left blank (NULL). You can change only the password in the Set Password page in the Security menu. The user name cannot be changed. See "Set Password" for more information.Details of the Menu Items1Refresh Button Receives the current printer configuration and updates the latest information in the right frame.2 Apply New Settings ButtonSubmits new settings made on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to the printer. The new settings replace the old settings of the printer.3Restore Settings Button Restores the old settings that existed before any changes were made. New settings will not be submitted to the printer."Printer Status" "Printer Status" "Printer Status""Printer Events""Printer Information""Printer Jobs" "Printer Jobs" "Job List""Completed Jobs"1 2 3
124Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool"Printer Settings" "Printer Settings Report" "Menu Settings""Reports""Printer Settings" "System Settings""Network Settings""USB Settings""PCL Settings""PS Settings""PDF Settings""Secure Settings""Copy Defaults""Copy Settings""Fax Defaults""Fax Settings""Scan Defaults""Direct Print Defaults/USB Direct Print Defaults""MIFARE Customized Card"*1"Printer Maintenance" "Paper Density""Adjust Transfer Unit""Adjust Fusing Unit""Adjust Density""Chart""Clean Developer""Clean Transfer Unit""Reset Defaults""Initialize PrintMeter""Storage"*2"Non-Dell Toner""Adjust Altitude""Decrease Electrostatic Memory""Decrease Ghosting""Clock Settings""Web Link Customization"
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool125"Print Server Settings" "Print Server Reports" "Print Server Setup Page""E-Mail Server Setup Page""Print Server Settings" "Basic Information""Port Settings""TCP/IP""SMB""E-Mail Server""Bonjour (mDNS)""SNMP""Scan to Network Folder""SNTP""AirPrint""Google Cloud Print""Dell Document Hub"*1"Proxy Server""Wi-Fi"*1, *3"Wi-Fi Direct"*1, *3"Reset Print Server""Security" "Set Password""Authentication System""Kerberos Server""LDAP Server""LDAP Authentication""LDAP User Mapping""SSL/TLS""IPsec""802.1x"*4"IP Filter (IPv4)""SMTP Domain Filtering""Copy Printer Settings" "Copy Printer Settings" "Copy Printer Settings""Copy Printer Settings Report""Print Volume" "Print Volume" "Print Volume""Dell AccessControl""Address Book" "E-Mail Address" "E-Mail Address""E-Mail Group""Default Setup""Server Address" "Server Address""Phone Book" "FAX Speed Dial""FAX Group""Tray Management" "Tray Management"
126Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolPrinter StatusUse the Printer Status menu to check the status of consumables, hardware, and specifications of the printer.The following pages are displayed in the Printer Status menu.Printer StatusPurpose:To check the status of the consumables, trays, and covers.Values:*1This item is available only on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw. *2This item is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.*3This item is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.*4This item is available only when the printer is connected using an Ethernet cable. Toner Cartridge OK Indicates that there is enough amount of toner for use.Replace Soon Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced soon.Replace Now Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced now.Consumables Status OK Indicates that the status of the drum cartridge is OK for use. Replace Soon Indicates that the drum cartridge needs to be replaced soon. Replace Now Indicates that the drum cartridge needs to be replaced now.Paper Trays Status OK Indicates that there is some paper in the tray but the quantity is unknown.Add Paper Indicates that there is no paper in the tray.Capacity Displays the maximum capacity of the paper tray.Size Displays the size of paper in the tray.Output Tray Status OK Indicates that the tray is available.Capacity Displays the maximum capacity of the paper tray.Cover Status Closed Indicates that the cover is closed.Open Indicates that the cover is open.Printer Type Displays the type of the printer. Laser is displayed normally.Printing Speed Displays the printing speed.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool127Printer EventsPurpose:To check the details of all alerts or indications of faults displayed in the Printer Events page when any faults such as Out of Paper or Cover is Open occur.Values:Printer InformationPurpose:To verify the printer details such as the hardware configuration and software version. This page can also be displayed by clicking Printer Information in the left frame.Values:Printer JobsThe Printer Jobs menu contains information on the Job List and Completed Jobs pages. These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol or job.Job ListPurpose:To confirm the jobs that are being processed. Click the Refresh button to update the screen.Values:Location Displays the location where a fault occurred.Details Displays the details of the fault.Dell Service Tag Number Displays Dell service tag number.Express Service Code Displays Dell express service code.Asset Tag Number Displays the asset tag number of the printer.Printer Serial Number Displays the serial number of the printer.Memory Capacity Displays the memory capacity.Processor Speed Displays the processing speed.Printer Revision Levels Firmware Version Displays the revision date (revision level).ID Displays the job ID.Job NameDisplays the file name of the job being processed.OwnerDisplays the name of the job owner.Host NameDisplays the name of the host computer.Job StatusDisplays the status of the job being processed.Job TypeDisplays the type of the job.Host I/FDisplays the status of the host interface.Job Submitted TimeDisplays the date when the job was submitted.
128Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolCompleted JobsPurpose:To check the completed jobs. Up to the last 20 jobs are displayed. Click the Refresh button to update the screen.Values:Printer SettingsUse the Printer Settings menu to display the Printer Settings Report, Printer Settings, and Printer Maintenance tabs and to configure the printer settings.The following tabbed pages are displayed at the top of the right frame.Printer Settings ReportThe Printer Settings Report tab includes the Menu Settings and Reports pages.Menu SettingsUse the Menu Settings page to display the current settings of the printer menus.ReportsPurpose:To print various types of reports and lists.Values:ID Displays the job ID.Job Name Displays the file name of the completed job.Owner Displays the name of the job owner.Host Name Displays the name of the host computer.Output Result Displays the status of the completed job.Job Type Displays the type of the job.Impression Number Displays the total number of pages for the job.No. of Sheets Displays the total number of sheets for the job.Host I/F Displays the status of the host interface.Job Submitted Time Displays the date when the job was submitted.System Settings Click Start to print the System Settings report. Panel Settings Click Start to print the Panel Settings report. PCL Fonts List Click Start to print the PCL (Hewlett-Packard Printer Control Language) Fonts List.PCL Macros List Click Start to print the PCL Macro List.PS Fonts List Click Start to print the PS Fonts List.PDF Fonts List Click Start to print the PDF Fonts List.Job History Click Start to print the Job History report.Error History Click Start to print the Error History report.Print Meter Click Start to print the Print Meter report.Demo Page Click Start to print the Demo Page.Protocol Monitor Click Start to print the Protocol Monitor report.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool129Printer SettingsThe Printer Settings tab includes System Settings, Network Settings, USB Settings, PCL Settings, PS Settings, PDF Settings, Secure Settings, Copy Defaults, Copy Settings, Fax Defaults, Fax Settings, Scan Defaults, Direct Print Defaults/USB Direct Print Defaults*1, and MIFARE Customized Card pages.*1Direct Print on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw; USB Direct Print on the Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dnSystem SettingsPurpose:To configure the basic printer settings.Values:Speed Dial Click Start to print the Speed Dial report.Address Book Click Start to print the Address Book list.Server Address Click Start to print the Server Address list.Fax Activity Click Start to print the Fax Activity report.Fax Pending Click Start to print the Fax Pending list.Stored Documents*1Click Start to print the Stored Documents list.*1This item is available only when RAM Disk is enabled. Power Saver Time - Sleep Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep mode after it finishes a job.Power Saver Time - Deep Sleep Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Deep Sleep mode after it has entered Sleep mode.mm / inch Sets the measurement unit to be used on the touch panel as either mm or inches.Screen Brightness Sets the brightness level of the touch panel screen.Control Panel Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is correct, or disables the tone.Invalid Key Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is incorrect, or disables the tone.Machine Ready Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the printer becomes ready, or disables the tone.Copy Completed Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a copy job is complete, or disables the tone.Job Completed Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a job other than a copy job is complete, or disables the tone.Fault Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a job ends abnormally, or disables the tone.Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a problem occurs, or disables the tone.Out of Paper Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the printer runs out of paper, or disables the tone.Low Toner Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the toner is low, or disables the tone.Auto Clear Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear, or disables the tone.
130Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolNetwork SettingsPurpose:To Specify the PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol for this printer.Values:NFC Authentication Tone*1Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when an NFC card is placed on the NFC reader for authentication, or disables the tone.All Tones Sets the volume of all the alert tones, or disables all the tones.Low Toner Alert Message Alerts you if the toner is low.OffHook Wake Up Sets whether to wake up from Sleep or Deep Sleep mode when you pick up the handset of the external telephone.Auto Log Print Sets if a job history needs to be printed after every 20 jobs.RAM Disk Sets whether to allocate RAM for the file system for the Secure Print, Proof Print, Private Mail Box Print, and Public Mail Box Print features.Panel Language Used to set the language on the touch panel.Max E-mail Size Sets the maximum size of e-mail that can be sent. The available range is from 50 to 16384 (KB) (Default: 2048).Auto Reset Sets the amount of time before the printer automatically resets its settings to the defaults when no additional settings are made.Fault Time-out Sets the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops abnormally. Default Paper Size Sets the default print paper size. Print ID Sets where to print the user ID on the output paper.Print Text Sets whether the printer outputs PDL data (which is not supported by the printer) as text when the printer receives it.Banner Sheet Insert Position Sets where to insert a banner sheet in the output.Banner Sheet Specify Tray Sets from which tray a banner sheet is fed.Substitute Tray Sets whether to use another size paper when the paper that is loaded in the specified tray does not match the paper size settings for the current job.Letterhead 2 Sided Sets whether to print on both sides of letterhead.A4<>Letter Switch Sets whether to print A4 size jobs on Letter size paper if A4 is not available in the paper trays and vice versa (Letter size job on A4 size paper).A5<>Statement Switch Sets whether to print A5 size jobs on Statement size paper if A5 is not available in the paper trays and vice versa (Statement size job on A5 size paper).Report 2 Sided Print Sets whether to print reports on both sides a sheet of paper. Use Another Tray Sets whether to show a message to select another tray when the specified paper is not available in the paper tray.Envelope Mode Mismatch Sets whether to display the alert window when the print job is started without setting to the envelope mode. Tap To Pri nt*1Sets whether to add the printer to a mobile device such as a tablet or a notebook computer by tapping the device to of the printer. *1This item is available only on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw.PS Data Format Sets PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool131USB SettingsPurpose:To change USB settings on your printer.Values:PCL SettingsPurpose:To change the PCL settings.Values:USB Port Enables the USB interface on your printer.PS Data Format Sets PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol.Job Time-out Sets the amount of time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. Paper Tray Sets the paper input tray.Paper Size Sets the paper size.Custom Paper Size - Y Sets the length of custom size paper. The available range is from 127 mm (5.0 inch) to 355 mm (14.0 inch).Custom Paper Size - X Sets the width of custom size paper. The available range is from 77 mm (3.0 inch) to 215 mm (8.5 inch).Orientation Sets how text and graphics are oriented on the page.2 Sided Print Sets duplexing as the default for all print jobs.Font Sets the font from the list of registered fonts.Symbol Set Sets a symbol set for the specified font.Font Size Sets the font size for scalable typographic fonts.Font Pitch Sets the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.Form Line Sets the number of lines in a page.Quantity Sets the number of copies to print.Image Enhance Sets whether to enable the Image Enhancement feature.Hex Dump Sets whether to help isolate the source of a print job problem. With Hex Dump selected, all data sent to the printer is printed in hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not executed.Draft Mode Sets whether to print in the draft mode.Line Termination Sets how to handle line terminations.Ignore Form Feed Sets whether to ignore blank pages that only contain Form Feed control codes.A4 Wide Sets whether to expand the printable area width.Barcode Mode Sets whether to enable the barcode mode, which is suitable for barcode printing.
132Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolPS SettingsPurpose:To change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PostScript 3 Compatible emulation printer language.Values:PDF SettingsPurpose:To change the PDF settings.Values:PS Error Report Sets whether the contents of the errors concerning PostScript 3 Compatible page description language are printed.PS Job Time-out Sets the execution time for one PostScript 3 Compatible job.Paper Select Mode Sets the way to select the tray for the PostScript 3 Compatible mode.Quantity Sets the number of copies.2 Sided Print Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper. Print Mode Sets a print mode.PDF Password Sets a password.Re-enter PDF Password Confirms the set password.Collation Sets whether to sort the output.Output Size Sets the output paper size.Layout Sets the output layout.Detect Job Separator Sets whether to detect the end of the job in printing PDF files successively from the USB memory.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool133Secure SettingsPanel LockPurpose:To set a limited access to Admin Settings with a password, and to set or change the password.Values: NOTE: You can set the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set Password in Print Server Settings.Functions ControlPurpose:To specify whether to lock the Copy, Scan, Fax, and Print functions with a password, and to set or change the password.Values: NOTE: You can set the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set Password in Print Server Settings.Secure ReceivePurpose:Allows you to password protect all the incoming faxes. When the Secure Receive feature is enabled, the printer stores incoming faxes and prints them when the correct password is entered on the operator panel.Values:Panel Lock Control*1Enables/Disables password protection for the Admin Settings.New Password Sets a password that is required to access the Admin Settings.Re-enter Password Confirms the set password.*1 Some setting items in the Secure Settings are displayed only when this setting item is enabled.Copy Sets whether to lock the Copy function with a password.Scan to E-mail Sets whether to lock the Scan to Email function with a password.Fax Sets whether to lock the Fax function with a password.Fax Driver Sets whether to enable or disable the Fax Driver function.Scan to Network Folder Sets whether to lock the Scan to Network Folder function with a password.Scan to PC Sets whether to lock the Scan to PC function with a password.PC Scan Sets whether to lock the PC Scan function with a password.Scan to USB Sets whether to lock the Scan to USB function with a password.USB Direct Print Sets whether to lock the USB Direct Print function with a password.ID Copy Sets whether to enable or disable the ID Copy function.USB Services - Show When InsertedSets whether to show a USB Drive Detected screen when a USB memory is inserted into the printer.New Password Sets a password that is required to access the Copy, Scan, Fax, and Print functions.Re-enter Password Confirms the set password.Secure Receive Set Enables/Disables password protection for all incoming faxes.New Password Sets a password for incoming faxes.Re-enter Password Confirms the set password.
134Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool NOTE: You can set the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set Password in Print Server Settings.Desktop Login NOTE: This Desktop Login feature is available on the Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn only. Purpose:Select the user authentication method from either local authentication or remote authentication. To use the remote authentication method, the LDAP server or the Kerberos server is required to authenticate the user. Values:Edit E-mail From FieldsPurpose:To set whether to enable editing of the transmission source when you use the Scan to Email function.Reconfirm RecipientsPurpose:To set whether to reconfirm before sending fax or scan jobs.Software DownloadPurpose:To set whether to enable download of firmware updates.Display of Network InformationPurpose:To set whether to show network information in the message field of the Home screen.Login ErrorPurpose:To specify how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to Panel Lock, Functions Control, and Secure Receive.NFC Authentication NOTE: NFC Authentication feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only.Purpose:To set whether to enable the authentication using the NFC authentication card.Set Available Time - Copy/Scan/Fax/PrintPurpose:To specify the time to enable the secure setting for the Copy, Scan, Fax, and Print functions. Values:Desktop Authentication Sets the authentication method.Local Authentication* Use the local authentication method. Remote Authentication Use the remote authentication method.Authentication System Click to display the Authentication System page and to specify the authentication system settings.Set Available Time Allows you to set the available time period for the Copy, Scan, Fax, and Print functions.Start Time Sets the start time of the available time period for the Copy, Scan, Fax, and Print functions.End Time Sets the end time of the available time period for the Copy, Scan, Fax, and Print functions.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool135Secure Job Expiration NOTE: Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.Purpose:To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.Values:Copy DefaultsPurpose:To create your own default Copy settings.Values:Copy SettingsPurpose:To configure the Copy settings. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.Values:Recurrence Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.Expiration Mode Allows you to set the date to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.Expiration Time Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.Recurrence Sets the period to repeat the setting.Weekly Settings Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.Monthly Settings Sets the day of the month to repeat the setting.Select Tray Sets the default input tray.Collation Sets whether to sort a copy job.Reduce/Enlarge Sets the default reduction/enlargement ratio.Custom Reduce/Enlarge Sets the custom reduction/enlargement ratio.Original Size Sets the paper size of the original.Original Type Sets the type of the original.Darken/Lighten Sets the default copy density.Sharpness Sets the default sharpness level.Auto Exposure Sets whether to suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.Auto Exposure Level Sets the background suppression level.2 Sided Copying Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.Binding of Original Sets the binding position for the 2-sided copying.2-Up Off*Does not perform multiple-up printing.Auto Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper.Manual Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the size specified for Reduce/Enlarge.
136Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolFax DefaultsPurpose:To create your own default Fax settings. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.Values:Fax SettingsPurpose:To configure the Fax settings. NOTE: You cannot set up the items on the Fax Settings page unless you set up the country code under Country. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.Values:Margin Top/Bottom Sets the value of the top and bottom margins within the range of 0 mm (0.0 inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch).Margin Left/Right Sets the value of the left and right margins within the range of 0 mm (0.0 inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch).Margin Middle Sets the value of the middle margin within the range of 0 mm (0.0 inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch).Resolution Standard*Suitable for documents with normal sized characters.Fine Suitable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.Super Fine Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail. The super fine mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports the Super Fine resolution.Photo Suitable for documents containing photographic images.2 Sided Scanning Sets whether to scan both sides of a document.Binding of Original Sets the binding position for the 2-sided scanning.Darken/Lighten Sets the default density to fax your documents lighter or darker.Delayed Send Sets the fax transmission start time when sending a fax at a specified time.Fax Number Allows you to enter the fax number of the printer, which will be printed on the header of faxes.Country Sets the country where the printer is used.Fax Header Name Allows you to enter a name that will be printed on the header of faxes.Line Type Sets the default line type; PSTN or PBX.Line Monitor Sets the volume of the line monitor, which audibly monitors a transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is made.DRPD Pattern Sets the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) setting from Pattern1 to Pattern7.DRPD is a service provided by some telephone companies.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool137Receive Mode Telephone Automatic fax reception is turned off. You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of the external telephone and then pressing a remote receive code, or by tapping Receive in On Hook and then tapping Receive. For details about Manual Receive, see "Receiving a Fax Manually in the Telephone Mode."Fax*Automatically receives faxes.Teleph on e/Fax When the printer receives an incoming fax, the external telephone rings for the time specified in Auto Receive Tel/Fax, and then the printer automatically receives a fax. If an incoming call is not a fax, the printer beeps from the internal speaker indicating that the call is a telephone call.Ans Machine/Fax The printer can share a telephone line with an answering machine. In this mode, the printer will monitor the fax signal and pick up the line if there are fax tones. If the telephone communication in your country is serial, this mode is not supported. DRPD Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) option, a distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company. After the telephone company has provided a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern, configure the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern.Ring Tone Volume Sets the volume of the ring tone, which indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call through the internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to Te lephone /Fax .Auto Receive Fax Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after answering an incoming call. Auto Receive Tel/Fax Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external telephone receives an incoming call.Auto Receive Answer/FaxSets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external answering machine receives an incoming call.Junk Fax Setup Sets whether to reject unwanted faxes by accepting only the faxes from the numbers registered in the Phone Book2 Sided Printing Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.Remote Receive Sets whether to receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone.Remote Receive Tone Sets a 2-digit remote receive code when Remote Receive is On.Discard Size Sets whether to delete text or images at the bottom of a fax page when the entire page does not fit onto the output paper. Selecting Auto Reduction automatically reduces the fax page to fit it onto the output paper, and does not discard any images or text at the bottom of the page.Received Fax Forward Sets whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination.Forwarding Number Allows you to enter the fax number of the destination to which incoming faxes will be forwarded.Forwarding E-mail Address 1Allows you to enter the e-mail address to which incoming faxes are to be forwarded.Forwarding E-mail Address 2Allows you to enter the e-mail address to which incoming faxes are to be forwarded.Forwarding E-mail Address 3Allows you to enter the e-mail address to which incoming faxes are to be forwarded.Forwarding E-mail Address 4Allows you to enter the e-mail address to which incoming faxes are to be forwarded.Forwarding E-mail Address 5Allows you to enter the e-mail address to which incoming faxes are to be forwarded.Server Type Sets the server type.Server Address Sets the server address registered under the server ID.Server Port Number Sets the server port number.
138Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolScan DefaultsPurpose:To create your own default Scan settings.Values:Login Name Sets the login name.Login Password Sets the login password.Re-enter Password Enter the password again to confirm it.Share Name Sets the shared name.Server Path Sets the server path.Redial Attempts Sets the number of redial attempts (0–13) to make if the destination fax number is busy. If you enter 0, the printer will not redial.Interval of Redial Sets the interval (1–15 minutes) between redial attempts.Resend Delay Sets the interval (3–255 seconds) between re-send attempts. Tone/Pulse Sets whether to use tone or pulse dialing.Prefix Dial Sets whether to set a prefix dial number.Prefix Dial Number Sets a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This number dials before any auto dial number is started. It is useful for accessing the Private Automatic Branch Exchange (PABX).Fax Cover Page Sets whether to attach a cover page to faxes.Fax Header*1Sets whether to print the information of the sender on the header of faxes.ECM Sets whether to enable the Error Correction Mode (ECM). To use the ECM, the remote machines must also support the ECM.Modem Speed Allows you to adjust the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error occurs.Display Manual Fax RecipientsSets whether to show the fax number of the recipient on the Sending Fax screen when manually sending a fax.Fax Activity Sets whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications.Fax Transmit Sets whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs.Fax Broadcast Sets whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission to multiple destinations or only when an error occurs.Fax Protocol Sets whether to print the protocol monitor report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs.*1This item is not available when Country is set to United States.File Format Sets the file format in which scanned documents are to be saved. Output Color Sets whether to scan in color or in black and white.Resolution Sets the default scan resolution.Original Size Sets the paper size of the original.2 Sided Scanning Sets whether to scan both sides of a document.Binding of Original Sets the binding position for the 2-sided scanning.Darken/Lighten Sets the default scan density.Sharpness Sets the default sharpness level.Contrast Sets the default contrast level.Auto Exposure Sets whether to suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool139Direct Print Defaults/USB Direct Print Defaults NOTE: Direct Print Defaults feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw; USB Direct Print Defaults feature is available on the Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn. Purpose:To create your own Direct Print Defaults/USB Direct Print Defaults setting.Values:MIFARE Customized Card NOTE: MIFARE Customized Card feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only. Purpose:To register SSFC formatted NFC ID cards.Values:Printer MaintenanceThe Printer Maintenance tab includes the Paper Density, Adjust Transfer Unit, Adjust Fusing Unit, Adjust Density, Chart, Clean Developer, Clean Transfer Unit, Reset Defaults, Initialize PrintMeter, Storage, Non-Dell Toner, Adjust Altitude, Decrease Electrostatic Memory, Decrease Ghosting, Clock Settings, and Web Link Customization pages.Auto Exposure Level Sets the default background suppression level.Margin Top/Bottom Sets the value of the top and bottom margins within the range of 0 mm (0.0 inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch).Margin Left/Right Sets the value of the left and right margins within the range of 0 mm (0.0 inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch). Margin Middle Sets the value of the middle margin within the range of 0 mm (0.0 inch) to 50 mm (2.0 inch).TIFF File Format Sets the TIFF file format to TIFF V6 or TTN2.Image Compression Sets the image compression level.File Naming Mode Sets the detailed settings of File Naming Mode to Auto, Add Prefix or Add Suffix.Prefix/Suffix String Sets the texts that are added when Add Prefix or Add Suffix are selected.Create Folder Sets whether to create a folder when saving scanned documents.Select Tray Sets the default input tray.2 Sided Printing Sets whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.Layout Sets the default paper layout when Layout is selected.Image Types Sets the print image quality when printing documents.Collation Sets whether to sort the output.PDF Password Sets a password.Re-enter PDF Password Confirms the set password.User ID Block 1 Allows you to register the MIFARE Customized Card.User ID Block 2 Allows you to register the MIFARE Customized Card.User ID Block 3 Allows you to register the MIFARE Customized Card.
140Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolPaper DensityPurpose:To specify the paper density.Values:Adjust Transfer UnitPurpose:To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the transfer unit. To lower the voltage, set negative values. To increase, set positive values.The default settings may not give the best output quality on all paper types. If you see mottles on the printed paper, try to increase the voltage. If you see white spots on the printed paper, try to decrease the voltage. CAUTION: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.Values:Adjust Fusing UnitPurpose:To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fusing unit. To lower the temperature, set negative values. To increase, set positive values.The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When the printed paper has curled, try to lower the temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the temperature. NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.Values:Plain Sets the density of plain paper to Light or Normal.Plain Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer unit for plain paper within the range of -5 to 10.Plain Thick Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer unit for thick plain paper within the range of -5 to 10.Covers (106-163 g/m2)Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer unit for cover paper within the range of -5 to 10.Covers Thick (164-216 g/m2)Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer unit for thick cover paper within the range of -5 to 10.Rough Surface Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer unit for rough surface paper within the range of -5 to 10.Label Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer unit for labels within the range of -5 to 10.Envelope Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer unit for envelopes within the range of -5 to 10.Japanese Postcard Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer unit for Japanese postcards within the range of -5 to 10.Plain Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for plain paper within the range of -3 to 3.Plain Thick Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for thick plain paper within the range of -3 to 3.Covers (106-163 g/m2)Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for cover paper within the range of -3 to 3.Covers Thick (164-216 g/m2)Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for thick cover paper within the range of -3 to 3.Rough Surface Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for rough surface paper within the range of -3 to 3.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool141Adjust Density Purpose:To adjust the density level.Values:ChartPurpose:To print various charts that can be used for diagnosis of the printer. Values:Clean DeveloperPurpose:To stir the developer in the drum cartridge.Values:Clean Transfer UnitPurpose:To clean the transfer unit.Values:Label Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for labels within the range of -3 to 3.Envelope Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for envelopes within the range of -3 to 3.Japanese Postcard Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for Japanese postcards within the range of -3 to 3.Darker3Darker2Darker1Adjusts the density level darker than the normal setting. Normal Works well with standard typed or printed documents. Lighter1Lighter2Lighter3Adjusts the density level lighter than the normal setting. Pitch Chart Print Prints a full halftone page. Also prints a page to check the pitch. A total of two pages are printed. Full Page Solid Print Prints a chart of the full page solid.1-Sided Prints a chart on one side of the paper.2-Sided Prints a chart of the full page solid on both sides of the paper. Alignment Chart Print Prints a chart to check for proper alignment of the print image on the paper. Clean Developer Start Stirs the developer in the drum cartridge. Toner Refresh Start Expels the toner in the drum cartridge, and supplies the fresh toner from the toner cartridge.Clean Transfer Unit Start Cleans the transfer unit.
142Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolReset DefaultsPurpose:To initialize the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.Values:Initialize PrintMeterPurpose:To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the meter count is reset to 0.Storage NOTE: Storage feature is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.Purpose: To clear all files stored in the RAM disk.Values:Non-Dell TonerPurpose:To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer. WARNING: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer. The warranty does not cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.Adjust AltitudePurpose:To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed. Reset Defaults Reset Defaults User Fax Section and restart printer.Click Start to reset the fax number entries in the Address Book.Reset Defaults User Scan Section and restart printer.Click Start to reset the e-mail and server address entries in the Address Book.Reset Defaults User Account Section and restart printer.*1Click Start to reset the user account entries. Reset Defaults User App Section and restart printer*1Click Start to reset the user application entries. Reset Defaults System Section and restart printer.Click Start to reset the system parameters.Power On Wizard Power On Wizard Click Start to perform the initial setup for the printer. *1This item is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only. Clear Storage*1All Clear Click Start to clear all files stored as Secure Print, Proof Print, Private Mail Box Print, and Public Mail Box Print in the RAM disk.Secure Document Click Start to clear all files stored as Secure Print, Proof Print, Private Mail Box Print, and Public Mail Box Print in the RAM disk.Stored Document Click Start to clear all files stored in the RAM disk.*1This item is available only when RAM Disk is enabled.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool143The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used.Decrease Electrostatic MemoryPurpose: To widen the print gap not to leave toner streak on the next page. NOTE: When Decrease Electrostatic Memory is set to On, the print speed will be slowed. Decrease GhostingPurpose: To reduce negative ghost.Clock SettingsPurpose:To specify the clock settings.Values:Web Link CustomizationPurpose:To specify a link used for ordering consumables, which can be accessed from Order Supplies at: in the left frame.Values:Print Server SettingsUse the Print Server Settings menu to set the type of printer interface and the necessary conditions for communication.The following tabbed pages are displayed in the top of the right frame.Print Server ReportsThe Print Server Reports tab includes the Print Server Setup Page and the E-Mail Server Setup Page.Date Format Sets the date format; YYYY/MM/DD, MM/DD/YYYY, or DD/MM/YYYY.Time Format Sets the time format; 24 Hour Clock or 12 Hour Clock.Time Zone Sets the time zone.Set Date Sets the current date.Set Time Sets the current time.Select Reorder URL Sets a URL to be linked to Order Supplies at:Regular Displays the regular URL (http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that can be linked to Order Supplies at:.Premier Displays the premier URL (http://premier.dell.com) that can be linked to Order Supplies at:.
144Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolPrint Server Setup PageDisplays the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) and printing ports.E-Mail Server Setup PageDisplays the current settings of the e-mail server.Print Server SettingsThe Print Server Settings tab includes the Basic Information, Port Settings, TCP/IP, SMB, E-Mail Server, Bonjour (mDNS), SNMP, Scan to Network Folder, SNTP, AirPrint, Google Cloud Print, Dell Document Hub*1, Proxy Server, Wi-Fi*1, Wi-Fi Direct*1, and Reset Print Server pages.*1This item is available only on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw.Basic InformationPurpose:To configure basic information of the printer.Values: NOTE: The Auto Refresh feature is effective for the contents of the top frame, Printer Status page, Job List page, and Completed Jobs page.System Settings Printer Name Sets the name of the printer.Location Sets the location of the printer.Contact Person Sets the contact name, number, and other information of the printer administrator and service center. Administrator E-Mail AddressSets the contact address of the printer administrator and service center.Asset Tag Number Enters the asset tag number for the printer.Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool SettingsAuto Refresh Automatically refreshes the contents of the status display pages.Auto Refresh Interval Sets the time interval for refreshing the contents of the status display pages automatically from 15 to 600 seconds.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool145Port SettingsPurpose:To enable or disable printing ports and management protocol features.Values: NOTE: The settings in the Port Settings page will be valid only when the printer is rebooted. When you change or configure the settings, click the Apply New Settings button to apply the new settings.Ethernet*1Ethernet Settings Auto Detects the Ethernet transmission rate and the duplex settings automatically.10Base-T Half-Duplex Selects 10Base-T Half-Duplex as the default value.10Base-T Full-Duplex Selects 10Base-T Full-Duplex as the default value.100Base-TX Half-Duplex Selects 100Base-TX Half-Duplex as the default value.100Base-TX Full-Duplex Selects 100Base-TX Full-Duplex as the default value.1000Base-T Full-Duplex Selects 1000Base-T Full-Duplex as the default value.Current Ethernet Settings Displays the current settings of the Ethernet.MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the printer.Energy Efficient Ethernet Sets whether to enable the Energy Efficient Ethernet feature.Port Status LPD Sets whether to enable LPD.Port9100 Sets whether to enable Port9100.IPP Sets whether to enable IPP.WSD Print Sets whether to enable Web Services on Devices (WSD) Print.WSD Scan Sets whether to enable Scan to Web Services on Devices (WSD).Network TWAIN Sets whether to enable Network TWAINFTP Sets whether to enable FTP.SMB Sets whether to enable SMB.Bonjour (mDNS) Sets whether to enable Bonjour (mDNS).E-Mail Alert Sets whether to enable E-Mail Alert.Telnet Sets whether to enable Telnet.SNMP Sets whether to enable SNMP.Update Address Book Sets whether to enable Update Address Book.SNTP Sets whether to enable SNTP.Google Cloud Print Sets whether to enable Google Cloud Print.Print from Dell Document Hub*2Sets whether to enable Print from Dell Document Hub.Scan to Dell Document Hub*2Sets whether to enable Scan to Dell Document Hub.*1This item is available only when the printer is connected using an Ethernet cable. *2This item is available only on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw.
146Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolTCP/IPPurpose:To configure the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address of the printer. Values:TCP/IP SettingsIP Mode Sets the IP mode.Host Name Sets the host name.IPv4 IP Address Mode Sets the method for acquiring the IP address. Manual IP Address When an IP address is being set manually, the IP is allocated to the printer using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.Manual Subnet Mask When an IP address is being set manually, the subnet mask is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.255.255.255.255 cannot be specified as the subnet mask.Manual Gateway AddressWhen an IP address is being set manually, the gateway address is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255. 127 and any value in the range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet of a gateway address.IPv6 Enable Stateless AddressSelect the check box to enable the stateless address.Use Manual Address Select the check box to set the IP address manually.Get IP Address from DHCPAllows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the IP address via DHCP.Manual Address Sets the IP address. To specify an IPv6 address, enter the address followed by a slash (/) and then "64". For details, consult your system administrator.Manual Gateway AddressSets the gateway address.DNS DNS Domain Name Sets the DNS domain name.IPv4 Get DNS Server Address from DHCPAllows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the DNS server address via DHCP.Manual DNS Server AddressManually sets the DNS server address in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when Get DNS Server Address from DHCP is not selected.IPv6 Get DNS Server Address from DHCPv6-liteSelect the check box to get the DNS server address automatically from the DHCPv6-lite server.Manual DNS Server AddressSets the DNS server address.DNS Dynamic Update (IPv4)Select the check box to enable dynamic updates to DNS.DNS Dynamic Update (IPv6)Select the check box to enable dynamic updates to DNS.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool147Auto Generate Search ListSelect the check box to automatically generate the search list.Search Domain NameSets the search domain name. Up to 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, and hyphens can be used. If you need to specify more than one domain name, separate them using a comma or semicolon.Time-out Sets the time-out period between 1 and 60 seconds.Priority to IPv6 DNS Name ResolutionSelect the check box to enable the DNS Name Resolution feature.WINS WINS Mode Allows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the primary and secondary WINS server addresses via DHCP.WINS Primary Server Manually sets the primary WINS server address in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS Mode is not selected.WINS Secondary ServerManually sets the secondary (backup) WINS server address in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS Mode is not selected.LPD Connection Time-OutSets the connection time-out period from 1 to 3,600 seconds.IP Filter (IPv4) Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP Filter settings on the IP Filter (IPv4) page.Port9100 Port Number Sets the port number from 9000 to 9999.Connection Time-OutSets the connection time-out period between 1 and 3,600 seconds.IP Filter (IPv4) Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP filter settings on the IP Filter (IPv4) page.IPP Printer URI Displays the printer URI.Connection Time-OutSets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.Port Number Displays the port number for receiving requests from the client.Maximum Sessions Displays the maximum number of connections received simultaneously by the client.WSD Port Number Sets the port number to 80 or from 8000 to 9999.Receive Time-OutSets the receive time-out period from 1 to 65,535 seconds.Notification Time-OutSets the notification time-out period from 1 to 60 seconds.Maximum Number of TTLSets the maximum number of TTL from 1 to 10.Maximum Number of NotificationSets the maximum number of notifications from 10 to 20.Network TWAINConnection Time-OutSets the connection time-out period between 1 and 65,535 seconds.FTP Password Sets the password for FTP.Re-enter Password Enter the password again to confirm it.Connection Time-OutSets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
148Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolSMBPurpose:To specify the setting of the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.Values:E-Mail ServerPurpose:To configure detailed settings of E-Mail Server, E-Mail Alert and E-Mail Report. This page can also be displayed by clicking E-Mail Server Settings Overview in the left frame.Values:HTTP Port Number Sets the port number to 80 or from 8000 to 9999.Simultaneous ConnectionsDisplays the maximum number of simultaneous connections.CSRF Protection Select the check box to enable the CSRF Protection. Connection Time-OutSets the connection time-out period from 1 to 255 seconds.Telnet Password Sets the password for Telnet.Re-enter Password Confirms the set password.Connection Time-OutSets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.Update Address BookConnection Time-OutSets the connection time-out period from 1 to 65,535 seconds.Host Name Sets the host name of the server computer.Workgroup Sets the workgroup.Maximum Sessions Sets the maximum number of sessions.Unicode Support Sets whether to notify the host name and workgroup name in Unicode characters during SMB transmission.Auto Master Mode Sets whether to enable the Auto Master Mode.Encrypt Password Sets whether to encrypt the password.Job Time-Out Sets the job time-out period between 60 and 3,600 seconds.Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period between 60 and 3,600 seconds.E-Mail Server Settings Primary SMTP Gateway Sets the primary SMTP gateway.SMTP Port Number Sets the SMTP port number. This must be between 1 and 65535. E-Mail Send AuthenticationSets the authentication method for outgoing e-mail.SMTP Login User Sets the SMTP login user. Up to 63 alphanumeric characters, periods, hyphens, underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If specifying more than one address, separate them using commas.SMTP Login Password Sets the SMTP account password using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.Re-enter SMTP Login PasswordConfirms the set SMTP account password.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool149POP3 Server Address*1Sets the POP3 server address in IP address format of "aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd" or as a DNS host name using up to 63 characters.POP3 Port Number*1Sets the POP3 server port number. This must be between 1 and 65535. POP User Name*1Sets the POP3 account user name. Up to 63 alphanumeric characters, periods, hyphens, underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If specifying more than one address, separate them using commas.POP User Password*1Sets the POP3 account password using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.Re-enter POP User Password*1Confirms the set password.Reply Address Designates the reply e-mail address sent with each E-mail Alert.SMTP Server ConnectionDisplays the status of the SMTP server connection.E-Mail Alert Settings E-Mail List 1 Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the E-Mail Alert feature using up to 255 alphanumeric characters.Select Alerts for List 1 Supplies Alerts Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert for consumables.Paper Handling Alerts Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert for paper handling.Service Call Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert for Service Calls.E-Mail List 2 Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the E-Mail Alert feature using up to 255 alphanumeric characters.Select Alerts for List 2 Supplies Alerts Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert for consumables.Paper Handling Alerts Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert for paper handling.Service Call Select the check box to receive an E-Mail Alert for Service Calls.E-Mail Report Settings History Report Sets whether to receive the job history report by e-mail after every 20 print, copy, scan, and fax jobs. Statistics Report Sets whether to receive the statistic report by e-mail on the use of print, copy, scan, and fax.Volume Report Sets whether to receive the print volume report by e-mail.Transmission Time Sets what time the reports are sent.Recurrence Sets at what recurrence the reports are sent.Weekly Settings (for Weekly only)Sets the day of the week the reports are sent.Monthly Settings (for Monthly only)Sets the day of the month the reports are sent.Destination E-Mail Address 1Allows you to enter the e-mail address to which the reports are sent to.Destination E-Mail Address 2Allows you to enter the e-mail address to which the reports are sent to.*1This item is available only when POP before SMTP (Plain) or POP before SMTP (APOP) for E-Mail Send Authentication is selected.
150Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolBonjour (mDNS)Purpose:To configure the detailed settings of Bonjour.Values:SNMPPurpose:To configure the detailed settings of SNMP.Values:SNMP v1/v2cPurpose:To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v1/v2c protocol.To enter this page, click Edit SNMP v1/v2c Properties in the SNMP page.Values:Host Name Sets the host name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and "-" (dash). Printer Name Sets the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and symbol sets. Wide-Area Bonjour Select the check box to enable the Wide-Area Bonjour protocol.SNMP Configuration Enable SNMP v1/v2c ProtocolSelect the check box to enable the SNMP v1/v2c protocol.Edit SNMP v1/v2c PropertiesClick to display the SNMP v1/v2c page and to edit the setting of SNMP v1/v2c protocol from the page.Enable SNMP v3 ProtocolSelect the check box to enable the SNMP v3 protocol.Edit SNMP v3 PropertiesClick to display the SNMP v3 page and to edit the setting of SNMP v3 protocol from the page.You can click this item only when SSL communication is enabled.Community Name Community Name (Read only)*1Sets the community name to access (read only) data using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.The default Read Community is public.Re-enter Community Name (Read only)*1Enters the community name to access (read only) data again to confirm it.Community Name (Read/Write)*1Sets the community name to access (read and write) data using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.The default Read/Write Community is private.Re-enter Community Name (Read/Write)*1Enters the community name to access (read and write) data again to confirm it.Community Name (Trap)*1Sets the community name used for trap up to 31 alphanumeric characters.The default Trap Community is " " (NULL).Re-enter Community Name (Trap)*1Enters the community name used for trap again to confirm it.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool151SNMP v3Purpose:To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v3 protocol.To enter this page, click Edit SNMP v3 Properties in the SNMP page.Values:Scan to Network FolderPurpose:To specify the client when scanning data.Values:Trap Notification 1-4 Trap Address TypeTrap Address Port NumberNotifyNetwork*2Select the check boxes to notify trap occurrence. In this case, specify the IP address and IP socket in the following format:IPv4Specify the IP address and IP socket in the nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn:mmmmm format. Each section of "nnn" is a variable value between 0 and 255. Note that values 127 and 224-254 are not valid for the first three-digits only. IP socket mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and 65535.IPv6Specify the IP address and IP socket in the xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:mmmmm format. Each section of "xxxx" is a hexadecimal variable value between 0 and ffff. IP socket mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and 65535.Authenticate Error Trap Select the check box to notify Authenticate Error Trap.*1The default value can be changed by using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.*2This item is available only when Wi-Fi Direct is set to Enable.Administrator Account Account Enabled Select the check box to enable the administrator account.User Name Enters the user name of the administrator account.Authentication PasswordSets the authentication password of the administrator account using 8 to 32 alphanumeric characters.Re-enter Authentication PasswordConfirms the set password.Privacy Password Sets the privacy password of the administrator account using 8 to 32 alphanumeric characters.Re-enter Privacy PasswordConfirms the set password.Print Drivers / Remote Client AccountAccount Enabled Select the check box to enable the print drivers and remote client account.Reset to default PasswordClick to reset the password for the print drivers and remote client account to default.FTP Client Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 60 seconds.FTP Passive Sets whether to enable the FTP Passive mode.SMB Client Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 60 seconds.SMB Protocol Sets the SMB protocol.
152Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolSNTPPurpose:To configure the SNTP server settings in order to perform time synchronization through SNTP.Values:AirPrintPurpose:To configure the detailed setting of AirPrint.Values:Google Cloud PrintPurpose:To register the printer to Google Cloud Print.Values:SNTP IP Address / Host Name Sets the IP address or the host name of the SNTP server.Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 120 seconds.Time Synchronization IntervalSets the interval for performing time synchronization using SNTP.Last Connection Time Displays the last date and time when your printer was connected to the SNTP server.Connection Status Displays the status of the connections between the SNTP server and your printer.AirPrint Enable AirPrint Select the check box to enable the printer for AirPrint. Bonjour Name Enter the name that is to be displayed as an AirPrint printer. Location Enter the location of the printer.Geo-Location Enter the physical location of the printer. IPP Authentication Basic Authentication Select the check box to enable the basic authentication scheme. User Name Enter the user name. Password Enter the user password. Re-enter Password Re-enter the user password for confirmation. SSL/TLS SSL/TLS Click Settings to display the SSL/TLS page.Supply Levels Toner Cartridge Displays the toner level.Google Cloud Print*1(Registration state) Displays the Google Cloud Print registration state. Register This Device to Google Cloud PrintClick to register the printer to Google Cloud Print.Cancel Registration Click to cancel to register the printer to Google Cloud Print.*1Google Cloud Print can only be used when the machine is using IPv4.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool153Dell Document Hub NOTE: Dell Document Hub feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only.Purpose:To configure the connections to the Dell Document Hub Server. Values:Proxy ServerPurpose:To configure the Proxy Server settings.Values:Wi-Fi NOTE: Wi-Fi feature is available only on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw, when the printer is connected using the wireless network.Purpose:To configure the detailed setting for the wireless network. To use the printer through wireless connection, be sure to disconnect the Ethernet cable. NOTE: Once wireless LAN is activated, wired LAN protocol will be disabled.Values:Dell Document Hub Connection Time-Out Sets the time duration until the connection becomes time-out. Polling Interval Sets the interval time for polling. Proxy Server Use Proxy Server Sets whether to enable the use of a proxy server.Address to Bypass Proxy ServerSets the address to bypass proxy server.Server Name Sets the name of the proxy server.Port Number Sets the port number from 1 to 65535.Authentication Sets whether to enable authentication.Login Name Sets the login name for the proxy server.Password Sets the login password for the proxy server.Re-enter Password Confirms the set password.Wi-Fi Settings Wi-Fi Sets whether to enable the wireless network connections.SSID Sets the name that identifies the wireless network. Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be entered.Network Type Sets the network type from either Ad-Hoc or Infrastructure.MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the printer.Link Channel Displays the channel number of the wireless connection for the printer.Link Quality Displays the quality of the wireless network connection for the printer.Security Settings Encryption Select the encryption type from the list.
154Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolNo Security Sets No Security to configure the wireless settings without specifying an encryption type from WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise.WEP Sets the WEP to use through the wireless network.WPA-PSK AES/WPA2-PSK AES*1, 2Sets the WPA-PSK AES/WPA2-PSK AES to use through the wireless network.WPA-Enterprise AES/WPA2-Enterprise AES*2, 3Sets the WPA-Enterprise AES/WPA2-Enterprise AES to use through the wireless network.Mixed Mode PSK*1, 2Sets the Mixed Mode PSK to use through the wireless network. Mixed Mode PSK automatically selects the encryption type from either WPA-PSK TKIP, WPA-PSK AES, or WPA2-PSK AES.Mixed Mode Enterprise*2, 3Sets the Mixed Mode Enterprise to use through the wireless network. Mixed Mode Enterprise automatically selects the encryption type from either WPA-Enterprise TKIP, WPA-Enterprise AES, or WPA2-Enterprise AES.WEP Encryption Select the WEP key code from either Hex or Ascii.WEP Key 1 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.Re-enter WEP Key 1 Enters the WEP key 1 again to confirm it.WEP Key 2 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.Re-enter WEP Key 2 Enters the WEP key 2 again to confirm it.WEP Key 3 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.Re-enter WEP Key 3 Enters the WEP key 3 again to confirm it.WEP Key 4 Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is selected for Encryption.Re-enter WEP Key 4 Enters the WEP key 4 again to confirm it.Trans mit Key*5Sets the transmit key type from the list.WPA-PSK Passphrase/Key Sets the passphrase.Re-enter Passphrase/Key Enters the passphrase again to confirm it.WPA-Enterprise*4EAP-Identity Sets the EAP-Identity for the authentication.Authentication Method Shows the authentication method.Login Name Sets the login name for the authentication.Password Sets the password.Re-enter Password Enters the password again to confirm it.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool155Wi-Fi Direct NOTE: Wi-Fi Direct feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only.Purpose:To configure the detailed setting of the Wi-Fi Direct connection.Values:Reset Print ServerPurpose:To initialize NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the network feature and reboot the printer. You can also initialize NVRAM of the printer from Reset Defaults in the Printer Settings menu.Values:SecurityThe Security tab includes Set Password, Authentication System, Kerberos Server, LDAP Server, LDAP Authentication, LDAP User Mapping, SSL/TLS, IPsec, 802.1x, IP Filter (IPv4), and SMTP Domain Filtering.*1For encryption, AES or TKIP method is used.*2This item is available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network Type.*3For authentication and encryption by digital certificate, AES or TKIP method is used.*4To activate the setting, import a certificate which supports wireless LAN (server/client) on the SSL/TLS pages, and enable the relevant certificate in advance.*5When Auto is selected for Transmit Key, the key set specified for WEP Key 1 is used.Wi-Fi Direct Wi-Fi Direct Sets whether to enable the Wi-Fi Direct connection.Group Role Sets the group role of the printer.Device Name Specifies the printer name that identifies the Wi-Fi Direct network with up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Confirm it when selecting the printer name on your Wi-Fi mobile device.WPS Setup Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using WPS.Group Owner SSID (Character string following "DIRECT-**")Specifies a name to identify the Wi-Fi Direct network. Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be entered. "DIRECT-**" cannot be changed.Passphrase Displays the passphrase. Confirm it when entering the passphrase into your Wi-Fi mobile device.IP Address Displays the IP address of the Wi-Fi Direct.Subnet Mask Displays the subnet mask.Status Paired Device Displays the mobile name currently connected.Current Role Displays the current group role of the printer.Current SSID Displays the current SSID. Confirm it selecting the Wi-Fi Direct network name on your Wi-Fi mobile device.Initialize NIC NVRAM Memory and restart printer.Click Start to initialize NVRAM, revert network settings to the factory default settings, and reboot the network capability.Restart Printer Click Start to reboot the printer.
156Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolSet PasswordPurpose:To set or change the password that is required to access the setup parameters of the printer from the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. This page can also be displayed by clicking Set Password in the left frame. NOTE: To restore the password to the default (NULL), initialize the non-volatile memory (NVM). NOTE: You can set the password for access to Admin Settings from Panel Lock in Printer Settings.Values:Authentication SystemPurpose:To specify the server authentication type, the server response time-out, or the search time-out.Values:Kerberos ServerPurpose:To specify the settings for the Kerberos server.Values:Administrator Password Sets the password using up to 128 alphanumeric characters. Re-enter Administrator Password Confirms the set password.Access denial by the authentication failure of the AdministratorSets how many times the failure in administrator authentication is allowed in total. Sets the number from 5 to 255. If you set 0, this mode is disabled. Authentication Type Authentication System SettingsSelect the authentication system from the list.Optional Information Server Response Time-OutSets the amount of time the printer should wait for response from the server. Sets the time period from 1 to 75 seconds.Search Time-Out Sets the amount of time the printer should wait for searching for the server. Sets the time period from 5 to 120 seconds.Kerberos Server IP Address / Host Name & PortSets the IP address or host name, and the port address. The port address must be 88 or between 5000 and 65535.Domain Name Enter the domain name.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool157LDAP ServerPurpose:To specify the settings of the LDAP server. Values: NOTE: Server Address Book must be set to On before you can use the server address book for the Scan to Email feature. NOTE: Server Phone Book must be set to On before you can use the server phone book for the Fax function.LDAP AuthenticationPurpose:To specify the LDAP server authentication method.Values:LDAP User MappingPurpose:To specify the settings of the LDAP user mapping.Values:Server Information IP Address / Host Name & PortSets IP address or the host name, and the port address. The port address must be 389, 636, 3268, 3269, or between 5000 and 65535.LDAP Server Displays the current software information of the LDAP server.Optional Information(for Server Address/Phone Book)Search Directory Root Enters the search directory root.Login Credentials to Access LDAP ServerSelect credential used to access the LDAP server.Login Name Enters the login name.Password Enters the login password using 1 to 127 alphanumeric characters. If the password is left blank (NULL), you cannot log in to a server.Re-enter Password Enters the login password again to confirm it.Search Time-OutSelect Wait LDAP Ser ver Limit to follow the time specified by the LDAP server. Select Wait to specify the time between 5 and 120 seconds.Search Name Order Sets the search order. Server Address Book Select the check box to enable the server address book.Server Phone Book Select the check box to enable the server phone book.LDAP Authentication Authentication MethodShows the authentication method.Use Added Text StringSelect whether to use the added text string from the list.Text String Added to User NameEnter the added text string.Common NameSets the attribute type of the common name set for the LDAP server.SurnameSets the attribute type of the surname set for the LDAP server.Given NameSets the attribute type of the given name set for the LDAP server.E-mail Address Sets the attribute type of the e-mail address set for the LDAP server.Fax Phone Sets the attribute type of the fax phone number set for the LDAP server.
158Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolSSL/TLSPurpose:To specify the settings for the SSL encryption communication to the printer, and set/delete the certificate used for IPsec, LDAPS, or Wireless LAN.Values:SSL/TLS Settings HTTP-SSL/TLS Communication*1Select the check box to enable the HTTP-SSL/TLS Communication. HTTP-SSL/TLS Communication Port NumberSets the port number, which is not identical with that of HTTP. This must be 443 or between 8000 and 9999. LDAP-SSL/TLS Communication*1Select the check box to enable the LDAP, and access is established using SSL/TLS communication. SMTP-SSL/TLS CommunicationSets the type of SSL/TLS used to communicate with the SMTP server. Machine Digital CertificateGenerate Self-Signed Certificate*2Click to display the Generate Self-Signed Certificate page and to create a security certification from the page. The Generate Self-Signed Certificate button is available only when the self-signed certificate is not generated. Certificate Signing Request (CSR)*2Click to display the Certificate Signing Request (CSR) page and to create a certificate signing request from the page. Upload Signed Certificate*2Click to display the Upload Signed Certificate page and to upload the certificate file to the device from the page. Certificate Management*2Click to display the Certificate Management page and to manage a security certification from the page. Delete All Certificates Click to delete all the certificates. Generate Self-Signed CertificatePublic Key Method Select the public key method of the self-signed certificate. Size of Public Key Select the size of public key. Issuer Enter the issuer of SSL self-signed certificate.Va l id i t y Enter the valid days from 1 to 9999 days. Generate Signed CertificateClick to generate the SSL self-signed certificate.Certificate Signing Request (CSR)Digital Signature AlgorithmSelect the digital signature algorithm.Public Key Size Select the public key size.2 Letter Country Code (Required)Enter the 2-letter country code. State / Province Name Enter the state or province name up to 16 bytes. Locality Name Enter the locality name up to 32 bytes. Organization Name (Required)Enter the organization name up to 32 bytes. Organization Unit (Required)Enter the organization unit up to 32 bytes.Common Name Enter the common name. E-mail Address Enter the e-mail address.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool159IPsecPurpose:To specify the Security Architecture settings for Internet Protocol (IPsec) for encrypted communication to the printer.Values:Upload Signed Certificate*2Password Enter the password to upload the certificate file. Re-enter Password Enter the password again for confirmation. File Name Click Browse to browse the file name to upload to the device. Import Click Import to upload the certificate file to the device. Certificate Management*2Category Select the device to certificate. Certificate Order Select the order to certificate. Display the List Click to display the Certificate List page. Certificate List*2Category Displays the device to certificate selected at the Certificate Management page.Certificate Purpose Displays the connection to certificate selected at the Certificate Management page.Issued To Displays the list of certificate order.Vali d ity Displays whether certificate is valid or not.Certificate Details Click to display the Certificate Details page. The SSL/TLS page is displayed when no item in the Issued To column is selected.Certificate Details*2Category Displays the device to certificate selected at the Certificate Management page or SSL/TLS page.Issued To Displays the device to certificate.Issuer Displays the issuer to certificate.Serial Number Displays the serial number of the device.Public Key Method Displays the public key method.Size of Public Key Displays the size of public key.Vali d Fro m Displays the time the certificate is valid.Vali d U nt i l Displays the time the certificate is invalid.Status Displays whether certificate is valid or not.Certificate Purpose Displays the purpose of certificate.Certificate Selection StatusDisplays the type of device certificate you selected.E-mail Address Displayed only when an e-mail address is specified in the certificate.Use this certificate Click to apply this certificate to the device.Delete Click to delete this certificate.Export This Certificate Click to export the certificate to the other device.*1This item is available only when the self-signed certificate has been generated.*2This item is effective only when connected via SSL/TLS (https). Only the administrator is allowed to display the pages.IPsec Settings Protocol Select the check box to enable the protocol.IKE "Pre-Shared Key" is displayed for IKE.
160Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool NOTE: If IPsec is enabled with incorrect settings, you must disable it using the IPsec menu on the operator panel.802.1xPurpose:To specify the settings for IEEE 802.1x authentication for encrypted communication to the printer.Values:IP Filter (IPv4)Purpose:To specify the IP address and subnet mask to be permitted or denied access to the printer.Values:Pre-Shared Key Sets a shared key. Up to 255 alphanumeric characters, periods, and hyphens can be used.Re-enter Pre-Shared Key Enters the shared key again to confirm it.IKE SA Lifetime Sets the lifetime for IKE SA from 5 to 28,800 minutes.IPsec SA Lifetime Sets the lifetime for IPsec SA from 5 to 2,880 minutes.DH Group Sets the DH group.PFS Select the check box to enable the PFS setting.Remote peers IPv4 address Sets the IP address to connect to.Remote peers IPv6 address Sets the IP address to connect to.Non IPsec communication policyAllows communication with a device which does not support IPsec.Configure 802.1x Enable IEEE 802.1x Select the check box to enable IEEE 802.1x authentication.Authentication Method EAP-MD5 Selects the authentication method to use for IEEE 802.1x authentication.EAP-MS-CHAPv2PEAP/MS-CHAPv2Login Name: (Device Name)Sets the login name (device name) for IEEE 802.1x authentication using up to 128 alphanumeric characters.Password Sets the login password for IEEE 802.1x authentication using up to 128 alphanumeric characters.Re-enter Password Confirms the set login password.Access List Address Sets the IP addresses that are permitted or denied access to the printer. Enter a numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field.Address Mask Sets the subnet mask that are permitted or denied access to the printer. Enter a numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field.Active Mode Reject Rejects printing from specified network address.Accept Permits printing from specified network address.Off Disables the IP Filter feature for the specified IP address.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool161To configure the IP Filter feature, enter an IP address to be filtered in the Address field and the subnet mask in the Address Mask field. Enter a numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field. "*" is appended to the current value.IP Filter Setup ProcedureYou can set up to a maximum of five items and the first item set takes priority. When setting multiple filters, enter the shortest address first followed by a slightly longer address, a longer address and so on.Enabling Printing From a Specified UserThe following describes the procedure to enable printing only from the "192.168.100.10" IP address.1Click the first column of the Access List row 1.2Enter "192.168.100.10" in the Address field and "255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.3Select Accept.4Click Apply New Settings.Disabling Printing From a Specified UserThe following describes the procedure to disable printing only from the "192.168.100.10" IP address.1Click the first column of the Access List row 1.2Enter "192.168.100.10" in the Address field and "255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.3Select Reject.4Click the first column of the Access List row 2.5Enter "0.0.0.0" in the Address field and "0.0.0.0" in the Address Mask field.6Select Accept.7Click Apply New Settings.Enabling and Disabling Printing from Network AddressesYou can enable printing from the "192.168" network address and disable printing from the "192.168.200" network address. The example below describes how to enable printing from the "192.168.200.10" IP address.1Click the first column of the Access List row 1.2Enter "192.168.200.10" in the Address field and "255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.3Select Accept.4Click the first column of the Access List row 2.5Enter "192.168.200.0" in the Address field and "255.255.255.0" in the Address Mask field.6Select Reject.7Click the first column of the Access List row 3.8Enter "192.168.0.0" in the Address field and "255.255.0.0" in the Address Mask field.9Select Accept.10Click Apply New Settings.
162Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolSMTP Domain FilteringPurpose:To specify whether to restrict sending e-mails to specific domains only. NOTE: This feature does not restrict sending e-mails through the E-Mail Alert feature.Values:Copy Printer SettingsThe Copy Printer Settings menu includes the Copy Printer Settings and Copy Printer Settings Report pages.Copy Printer SettingsPurpose:To copy the printer settings to one or more of the same model of the printer.To copy the settings to another printer, specify the IP address and password of the printer to which the settings are copied in the IP Address text box and Password text box. Then, click the Copy the settings to the Host in the above list button. Copying the settings is complete. The connection time-out period is 60 seconds. After that, you can check whether the settings were copied to this page. And you need to check the Copy the settings to the Host in the above list and reboot the printer menu of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool in the destination printer to verify if the settings were actually copied or not.If the settings can be copied but the printer configuration is different, the settings of only the same items are copied. Printer settings are simultaneously copied to printers of up to 10 IP addresses. NOTE: You cannot copy the Address Book when the destination printer has a fax job. Copy Printer Settings ReportPurpose:To verify whether the printer setting is copied to other printers successfully. NOTE: The history is cleared by turning off the printer.Print VolumeThe Print Volume menu includes the Print Volume and Dell AccessControl pages.Print VolumePurpose:To verify the number of printed pages. This page can also be displayed by clicking Print Volume in the left frame.Values:SMTP Domain Filtering Domain Filtering Select the check box to enable Domain Filtering.Allow Domain ListAllows you to register up to five domains allowed for sending e-mails.Printer Page Count Displays the total number of pages printed since the printer was shipped from the factory.Paper UsedDisplays the number of pages printed for each paper size.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool163Dell AccessControlPurpose:To specify which users have access to printing and to limit print volume per user.Values:Address BookThe Address Book menu includes the E-Mail Address, Server Address, and Phone Book pages.AccessControl Mode Off Enables to print the data with no authentication information.On Restricts printing based on the print user information registered in the internal server.Non Registered User Sets whether to permit the printing of data with no authentication information. To permit the printing for non-account user, select the check box.AccessControl Error ReportSets whether to automatically print error-related information if printing using AccessControl results in an error.User Registration*1Click Edit User Registration to display the Edit Print User Registration page.• To register a user, click Create to open the Print User Settings page.• To delete a user, click Delete to open the Delete User page. Clicking Back returns the screen to the status prior to deleting the user.• To confirm or change the registered user, click Confirm / Change to open the Print User Settings page.Print User Settings User Registration No.Displays the user registration number. The Delete User button is displayed when the user is already registered.User NameSets the user name.PasswordSets the user password using 4 to 12 alphanumeric characters.Re-enter passwordEnter the password again to confirm it.Upper Limit for Monochrome PrintSets the maximum number of pages allowed for monochrome printing.Cumulative Monochrome Page CountDisplays the cumulative number of pages printed for monochrome printing.*1This item is displayed only when AccessControl Mode is On.E-Mail Address E-Mail AddressAllows you to view, edit, or create e-mail address entries.E-Mail GroupAllows you to view, edit, or create e-mail group entries.Default SetupAllows you to view, edit, or set the default e-mail subject and message.Server Address Server AddressAllows you to view, edit, or create server address entries.Phone Book FAX Speed DialAllows you to view, edit, or create speed dial entries.FAX GroupAllows you to view, edit, or create fax group entries.
164Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolE-Mail Address The E-mail Address page includes the following subpages.E-Mail AddressPurpose:To view the e-mail address entries registered on the E-Mail Address page.Values:E-Mail Address (Confirm/Change, Create)Purpose:To view or edit the e-mail address entries on the E-Mail Address page, or create a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm / Change or Create on the E-Mail Address top page.Values:E-Mail Address (Delete)Purpose:To delete the e-mail address entries registered on the E-Mail Address page. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the E-Mail Address top page.Values:E-Mail Address Allows you to view, edit, or create e-mail address entries.E-Mail Group Allows you to view, edit, or create e-mail group entries.Default Setup Allows you to view, edit, or set the default e-mail subject and message.Address List to: Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of user IDs indicated on the button.ID Displays the user ID.Name Displays the user name. (Not in Use) is displayed when there is no registration.Address Displays the e-mail address of the user.Delete Deletes the entry for the selected user ID. Confirm / Change Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry of the selected user ID.Create Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the selected user ID.ID Displays the selected user ID.Name Allows you to view or edit the name of the user registered under the user ID, or enter a name for the new entry.Address Allows you to view or edit the e-mail address of the user, or enter an e-mail address for the new entry.Delete*1Click this button to delete the selected user. Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings. Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings. Back Click this button to return to the top page.*1This item is available only when you click Confirm / Change. ID Displays the selected user ID.Name Displays the name of the user registered under the selected user ID.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool165E-Mail GroupPurpose:To view the e-mail address entries registered on the E-Mail Group page.Values:E-Mail Group (Confirm/Change, Create)Purpose:To view or edit the e-mail address group entries on the E-Mail Group page, or create a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm / Change or Create on the E-Mail Group top page.Values:Address Displays the e-mail address of the user.Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings. Back Click this button to return to the top page.GroupID Displays the group ID.Name Displays the assigned group name. (Not in Use) is displayed when there is no registration.Delete Deletes the entry for the selected group ID. Confirm / Change Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected group ID.Create Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the selected group ID.E-Mail Group ID Displays the selected group ID.Name Allows you to view or edit the name assigned for the group ID, or enter a new group name.Delete*1Click this button to delete the current entry. E-Mail Address Address List to: Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of IDs indicated on the button. ID Displays the user ID.Select the check box on the left to create the group.Name Displays the user name. (Not in Use) is displayed when there is no registration.Address Allows you to view or edit the e-mail address of an entry registered under the selected user ID, or enter an e-mail address for the new entry.Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings.Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings.Back Click this button to return to the top page.*1This item is available only when you click Confirm / Change.
166Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolE-Mail Group (Delete)Purpose:To delete the e-mail group entries registered on the E-Mail Group page. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the E-Mail Group top page.Values:Default SetupPurpose:To set the default e-mail subject and message.Values:Server AddressServer AddressPurpose:To view the server address entries registered on the Server Address page.Values:Server Address (Confirm/Change, Create)Purpose:To view or edit the server address entries on the Server Address page, or create a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm / Change or Create on the Server Address top page.Values:ID Displays the selected group ID.Name Displays the name assigned for the group ID.Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings. Back Click this button to return to the top page.Default Subject Allows you to enter the default e-mail subject.Body Text Allows you to enter the default e-mail message.Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings. Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings. Address List to: Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of IDs indicated on the button.ID Displays the server ID.Name Displays the file directory name. (Not in Use) is displayed when there is no registration.Server Address Displays the address of the file directory.Delete Deletes the entry for the selected server ID. Confirm / Change Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected server ID.Create Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the selected server ID.ID Displays the selected server ID.Name Allows you to view or change the server name assigned to the server ID, or enter a new server name.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool167Server Address (Delete)Purpose:To delete the server address entries registered on the Server Address page. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the Server Address top page.Values:Phone BookThe Phone Book page includes the following subpages.Server Type Allows you to view the server type if you click Confirm / Change. Allows you to edit the server type if you click Create.FTP*1Select this to store scanned documents on a server via the FTP protocol.SMB*1Select this to store scanned documents on a computer via the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.Server Address Allows you to view or edit the server address registered under the server ID, or enter a new server address.Share Name*2Allows you to view or edit the assigned shared name, or enter a new shared name, when Server Type is set to SMB.Server Path Allows you to view or edit the assigned server path, or enter a new path.Server Port Number Allows you to view or edit the assigned server port number, or enter a new port number. If you leave the text box blank, the default port number (FTP: 21, SMB: 139) will be used.Login Name Allows you to view or edit the login name that is required to access the selected protocol, or enter a new login name.Login Password Allows you to view or edit the password that is required to access the selected protocol, or enter a new password.Re-enter Password Confirms the set password.Delete*3Click this button to delete the current entry. Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings. Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings. Back Click this button to return to the top page.*1 You can edit this item only when you click Create.*2 This item is available only when Server Type is set to SMB.*3 This item is available only when you click Confirm / Change.ID Displays the selected server ID.Name Displays the name assigned for the server ID.Server Address Displays the server address registered under the server ID.Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings. Back Click this button to return to the top page.FAX Speed Dial Allows you to view, edit, or create speed dial entries.FAX Group Allows you to view, edit, or create fax group entries.
168Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolFAX Speed DialPurpose:To view the fax number entries registered on the FAX Speed Dial page.Values:FAX Speed Dial (Confirm/Change, Create)Purpose:To view or edit the speed dial entries on the FAX Speed Dial page, or create a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm / Change or Create on the FAX Speed Dial top page.Values:FAX Speed Dial (Delete)Purpose:To delete the speed dial entries registered on the FAX Speed Dial page. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the FAX Speed Dial top page.Values:Speed Dial List to: Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of speed dial codes indicated on the button.Speed Dial Displays the speed dial ID.Name Displays the assigned name for a speed dial ID. (Not in Use) is displayed when there is no registration.Phone Number Displays the speed dial code.Delete Deletes the entry for the selected speed dial code. Confirm / Change Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected speed dial code.Create Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the selected speed dial code.Speed Dial Displays the selected speed dial code.Name Allows you to view or edit the name of an entry registered under the speed dial code, or enter a name for the new entry.Phone Number Allows you to view or edit the fax number of an entry registered under the speed dial code, or enter a fax number for the new entry.Delete*1Click this button to delete the entry for the speed dial code. This button is available only on the dialog box for editing an existing entry. Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings. Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings. Back Click this button to return to the top page.*1 This item is available only when you click Confirm / Change. Speed Dial Displays the selected speed dial code.Name Displays the name registered under the speed dial code.Phone Number Displays the fax number registered under the speed dial code.Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings. Back Click this button to return to the top page.
Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool169FAX GroupPurpose:To view the fax group entries registered on the FAX Group page.Values:FAX Group (Confirm/Change, Create)Purpose:To view or edit the fax number group entries on the FAX Group page, or create a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm / Change or Create on the FAX Group top page.Values:FAX Group (Delete)Purpose:To delete the fax number group entries registered on the FAX Group page. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the FAX Group top page.Values:ID Displays a fax group ID.Name Displays the assigned group name. (Not in Use) is displayed when there is no registration.Delete Deletes the entry for the selected group ID. Confirm / Change Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected group ID.Create Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the selected group ID.FAX Group ID Displays the selected group ID.Name Allows you to view or edit the name assigned for the group ID, or enter a new group name.Delete*1Click this button to delete the current entry.FAX Speed Dial Speed Dial List to: Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of speed dial codes indicated on the button. Speed Dial Displays the speed dial code. Select the check box on the left to add the speed dial code in the group.Name Displays the name registered for the speed dial code. (Not in Use) is displayed when there is no registration.Phone Number Allows you to view or edit the fax number of an entry registered under the selected speed dial code, or enter a fax number for the new entry.Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings.Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings.Back Click this button to return to the top page.*1 This item is available only when you click Confirm / Change. ID Displays the selected group ID.Name Displays the name assigned for the group ID.Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings. Back Click this button to return to the top page.
170Dell™ Printer Configuration Web ToolTray ManagementUse the Tray Management menu to set the paper size and type of paper loaded in tray1 and the optional 550-sheet feeder.Values:MPF Mode Sets the MPF Mode. MPF Paper Size*1Sets the size of paper loaded in the MPF.MPF Paper Type*1Sets the type of paper loaded in the MPF.MPF Custom Paper Size - Y*1Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the MPF.MPF Custom Paper Size - X*1Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the MPF.MPF Display Tray Prompt*1Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set the paper size and type when the paper is loaded in the MPF.Tray 1 Paper Size Sets the size of paper loaded in tray1.Tray 1 Paper Type Sets the type of paper loaded in tray1.Tray 1 Custom Paper Size - YSets the length of custom size paper loaded in tray1.Tray 1 Custom Paper Size - XSets the width of custom size paper loaded in tray1.Tray 1 Display Tray PromptSets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set the paper size and type when the paper is loaded in tray1.Tray 2 Paper Size*2Sets the size of paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.Tray 2 Paper Type*2Sets the type of paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.Tray 2 Custom Paper Size - Y*2Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.Tray 2 Custom Paper Size - X*2Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.Tray 2 Display Tray Prompt*2Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set the paper size and type when the paper is loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.1st Priority Sets the paper source to be used as the first priority.2nd Priority Sets the paper source to be used as the second priority.3rd Priority*2Sets the paper source to be used as the third priority.*1This item is available only when Use Panel Settings is selected in MPF Mode. *2 This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.
Understanding the Printer Menus17115Understanding the Printer MenusWhen your printer is connected to a network and available to a number of users, the access to the Admin Settings can be limited. This prevents other users from using the operator panel to inadvertently change a user default that has been set by the administrator. However, you can use your printer driver to override user defaults and select settings for individual print jobs.Report / ListUse the Report/List menu to print various types of reports and lists.System SettingsPurpose:To print a list of the current user default values, the installed options, the amount of installed print memory, and the status of printer supplies.Panel SettingsPurpose:To print a detailed list of all the settings of the printer menus.PCL Fonts ListPurpose:To print a sample of the available PCL fonts.PCL Macros ListPurpose:To print the information on the downloaded PCL macro.PS Fonts ListPurpose:To print a sample of the available PS fonts.PDF Fonts ListPurpose:To print a sample of the available PDF fonts.Job HistoryPurpose:To print a detailed list of the print, copy, fax, or scan jobs that have been processed. This list contains the last 20 jobs.Error HistoryPurpose:To print a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors.
172Understanding the Printer MenusPrint MeterPurpose:To print the reports for the total number of pages printed.Demo PagePurpose:To print a Demo page. Protocol MonitorPurpose:To print a detailed list of monitored protocols.Speed DialPurpose:To print the list of all members stored as speed dial numbers.Address BookPurpose:To print the list of all addresses stored as Address Book information.Server AddressPurpose:To print the list of all members stored as Server Address information.Fax ActivityPurpose:To print the report of faxes you recently received or sent.Fax PendingPurpose:To print the list of status of pending faxes. Stored Documents NOTE: Stored Documents feature is available only when RAM Disk under System Settings is enabled.Purpose:To print a list of all files stored for Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof Print in the RAM disk.
Understanding the Printer Menus173Printing a Report/List Using the Operator Panel1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p Report/List.3Tap until the desired report or list appears, and then select that report or list.4Ta p Print.The selected report or list is printed.Printing a Report/List Using the Tool Box1Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer - H815dw or Dell Smart Multifunction Printer - S2815dn Tool Box.The Tool Box opens.2Ensure that the Printer Setting Reports tab is open.3Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.The Reports page appears.4Click the button for the desired report or list.The report or list is printedWi-Fi | WPS NOTE: The Wi-Fi|WPS menu is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only. Use the Wi-Fi|WPS menu to confirm or specify wireless network settings or connections.Wi-FiUse the Wi-Fi menu to confirm or specify wireless network settings.For details, see "Wi-Fi."Wi-Fi DirectUse the Wi-Fi Direct menu to confirm or specify Wi-Fi Direct network settings. For details, see "Wi-Fi Direct."WPS (Connect via PBC)Use WPS (Connect via PBC) menu to start configurations of the Wi-Fi Direct network with WPS-PBC. For details, see "WPS Setup."WPS (Connect via PIN) Use WPS (Connect via PIN) menu to start configurations of the Wi-Fi Direct network with WPS-PIN. For details, see "WPS Setup."
174Understanding the Printer MenusPaired Device NOTE: The Paired Device menu is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only. Use the Paired Device menu to confirm the device name in the Paired Device list, if there is any device connected to the printer via Wi-Fi Direct. You can disconnect the paired device from this list. For details, see "Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct Network."Admin SettingsUse the Admin Settings menu to configure a variety of printer features.Phone BookUse the Phone Book menu to configure the speed dial and group dial settings.IndividualsPurpose:To store up to 200 frequently dialed numbers in speed dial locations.GroupsPurpose:To create a group of fax destinations and register it under a two-digit dial code. Up to six group dial codes can be registered.PCLUse the PCL menu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PCL emulation printer language. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.Paper TrayPurpose:To specify the default paper tray.Values:Paper SizePurpose:To specify the default paper size.Auto*MPFTray1Tray2*1*1This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.
Understanding the Printer Menus175Values:mm seriesinch seriesA4 (210x297mm)*1A5(148x210mm) B5(182x257mm)Letter(8.5x11")Folio(8.5x13")Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")Executive(7.3x10.5")Envelope #10(4.1x9.5")Monarch Env.(3.9x7.5")DL Env.(110x220mm)C5 Env.(162x229mm)Postcard(100x148mm)Custom Paper Size*1Denotes country-specific factory default value.Letter(8.5x11")*1Folio(8.5x13")Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")
176Understanding the Printer Menus NOTE: Selecting a custom size for the paper size prompts you to enter a custom length and width.OrientationPurpose:To specify how text and graphics are oriented on the page.Values:2 Sided PrintPurpose:To specify whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.Values:A4(210x297mm)A5(148x210mm)B5(182x257mm)Executive(7.3x10.5")Envelope #10(4.1x9.5")Monarch Env.(3.9x7.5")DL Env.(110x220mm)C5 Env.(162x229mm)Postcard(100x148mm)Custom Paper Size*1Denotes country-specific factory default value.Portrait*Prints text and graphics parallel to the short edge of the paper.Landscape Prints text and graphics parallel to the long edge of the paper.1 Sided*Does not print on both sides of a sheet of paper.2 Sided Flip on Long Edge*Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long edge.Flip on Short Edge Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short edge.
Understanding the Printer Menus177FontPurpose:To specify the default font from the fonts registered in the printer.Values:CG Times Albertus Md Palatino RomanCG Times It Albertus XBd Palatino ItCG Times Bd Clarendon Cd Palatino BdCG Times BdIt Coronet Palatino BdItUnivers Md Marigold ITCBookman LtUnivers MdIt Arial ITCBookman LtItUnivers Bd Arial It ITCBookmanDmUnivers BdIt Arial Bd ITCBookmanDm ItUnivers MdCd Arial BdIt HelveticaNrUnivers MdCdIt Times New HelveticaNr ObUnivers BdCd Times New It HelveticaNr BdUnivers BdCdIt Times New Bd HelveticaNr BdObAntiqueOlv Times New BdIt N C Schbk RomanAntiqueOlv It Symbol N C Schbk ItAntiqueOlv Bd Wingdings N C Schbk BdCG Omega Line Printer N C Schbk BdItCG Omega It Times Roman ITC A G Go BkCG Omega Bd Times It ITC A G Go BkObCG Omega BdIt Times Bd ITC A G Go DmGaramondAntiqua Times BdIt ITC A G Go DmObGaramond Krsv Helvetica ZapfC MdItGaramond Hlb Helvetica Ob ZapfDingbatsGaramondKrsvHlb Helvetica Bd C39 NarrowCourier*Helvetica BdOb C39 RegularCourier It CourierPS C39 WideCourier Bd CourierPS Ob OCR-ACourier BdIt CourierPS Bd OCR-BLetterGothic CourierPS BdObLetterGothic It SymbolPSLetterGothic Bd
178Understanding the Printer MenusSymbol SetPurpose:To specify a symbol set for a specified font.Values:Font SizePurpose:To specify the font size for scalable typographic fonts.Values:Font size refers to the height of the characters in the font. One point equals approximately 1/72 of an inch. NOTE: The Font Size menu is only displayed for typographic fonts.Font PitchPurpose:To specify the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.Values:Font pitch refers to the number of fixed-space characters in a horizontal inch of type. For non-scalable mono spaced fonts, the pitch is displayed, but cannot be changed. NOTE: The Font Pitch menu is only displayed for fixed or mono spaced fonts.DESKTOP MATH-8 WIN 3.0DNGBTSMS MC TEXT WINBALTISO-11 MS PUB WINGDINGSISO-15 PC-1004 WIN L1ISO-17 PC-775 WIN L2ISO-21 PC-8 WIN L5ISO-4 PC-850 PC CYRISO-6 PC-852 PC-866UISO-60 PC-8 DN ISO CYRISO-69 PC-8 TK WIN CYRISO L1 PI FONT GREEK-8ISO L2 PS MATH WIN-GRKISO L5 PS TEXT PC-851ISO L6 ROMAN-8*PC8-GRKLEGAL SYMBOL ISO-GRK12.00*Sets the values in increments of 0.25.Available Range: 4.00 – 50.0010.00*Sets the value in increments of 0.01.Available Range: 6.00–24.00
Understanding the Printer Menus179Form LinePurpose:To set the number of lines in a page.Values:mm seriesinch seriesThe printer sets the amount of space between each line (vertical line spacing) based on the Form Line and Orientation menu items. Select the correct Orientation before changing Form Line.See also:"Orientation"QuantityPurpose:To set the default print quantity. (Set the number of copies required for a specific job from the printer driver. Values selected from the printer driver always override values selected from the operator panel.)Values:Image EnhancePurpose:To specify whether to enable the Image Enhance feature, which makes the boundary line between black and white smoother to decrease jagged edges and enhance the visual appearance.Values:64*1Sets the value in increments of 1.Available Range: 5–128*1Denotes country-specific factory default values. 60*1Sets the value in increments of 1.Available Range: 5–128 *1Denotes country-specific factory default values. 1*Sets the value in increments of 1.Available Range: 1–999Off Disables the Image Enhance feature.On*Enables the Image Enhance feature.
180Understanding the Printer MenusHex DumpPurpose:To help isolate the source of a print job problem. With Hex Dump selected, all data sent to the printer is printed in hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not executed.Values:Draft ModePurpose:To save toner by printing in the draft mode. The print quality is reduced when printing in the draft mode.Values:LineTerminationPurpose:To add the line termination commands.Values:Ignore Form FeedPurpose:To specify whether to ignore blank pages that only contain Form Feed control codes.Values:Disable*Disables the Hex Dump feature.Enable Enables the Hex Dump feature.Disable*Does not print in the draft mode.Enable Prints in the draft mode.Off*The line termination command is not added.CR=CR, LF=LF, FF=FFAdd-LF The LF command is added.CR=CR-LF, LF=LF, FF=FFAdd-CR The CR command is added.CR=CR, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FFCR-XX The CR and LF commands are added.CR=CR-LF, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FFOff*Disables the Ignore Form Feed feature.On Enables the Ignore Form Feed feature.
Understanding the Printer Menus181A4 WidePurpose:To expand the printable area width. Values:Barcode ModePurpose:To specify whether to enable the barcode mode, which is suitable for barcode printing. Values: NOTE: Be sure to set to Disable after using the barcode mode. PSUse the PS menu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PostScript 3 Compatible emulation printer language. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.PS Error ReportPurpose:To specify whether the contents of the errors concerning PostScript 3 Compatible page description language are printed.The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.Values: NOTE: Instructions from the PS driver override the settings specified on the operator panel.PS Job Time-outPurpose:To specify the execution time for one PostScript 3 Compatible job. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.Values:Off*Disables A4 Wide. On Enables A4 Wide. Disable*Disables the barcode mode. Enable Enables the barcode mode. Off Discards the print job without printing an error message.On*Prints an error message before it discards the job.Off*Job time-out does not occur.On 1 minute*An error concerning the PostScript 3 Compatible page description language occurs if processing is not completed after the specified time.Available Range: 1-900 minutes
182Understanding the Printer MenusPaper Select ModePurpose:To specify the way to select the tray for PostScript 3 Compatible mode. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.Values:PDFUse the PDF menu to change printer settings that only affect the PDF jobs. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.QuantityPurpose:To specify the number of copies to print.Values:2 Sided PrintPurpose:To specify whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.Values:Print ModePurpose:To specify the print mode.Values:Auto*The tray is selected as the same setting as in the PCL mode.Select From Tray The tray is selected in a method compatible with regular PostScript 3 Compatible printers.1*Sets the value in increments of 1.Available Range: 1–9991 Sided*Does not print on both sides of a sheet of paper.2 Sided Flip on Long Edge* Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long edge.Flip on Short Edge Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short edge.Normal*For documents with normal sized characters. High Quality For documents with small characters or thin lines, or documents printed using a dot-matrix printer.High Speed Prints with the higher speed than the Normal mode, but the quality is less.
Understanding the Printer Menus183PDF PasswordPurpose:To specify the password to print a PDF file secured with a document open password (password to open the PDF file).Values:CollationPurpose:To specify whether to sort the job.Values:Output SizePurpose:To specify the output paper size for PDF.Values:LayoutPurpose:To specify the output layout.Values:Detect Job SeparatorPurpose:To specify whether to detect the end of the job in printing PDF files successively. Values:Enter PDF Password Enter the document open password to print the secure PDF.Collated Sorts the job.Uncollated*Does not sort the job. A4*1Letter*1Auto*1The default paper size is displayed.Auto %*100% (No Zoom)Booklet2 Pages Up4 Pages UpOff Disables the Detect Job Separator feature. On*Enables the Detect Job Separator feature.
184Understanding the Printer MenusNetworkUse the Network menu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to the printer through the wired or wireless network. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.Wi-Fi NOTE: The Wi-Fi feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only. Purpose:To confirm or specify wireless network settings. Wi-FiPurpose:To specify whether to enable the Wi-Fi feature.Values:Wi-Fi StatusPurpose:To confirm the wireless communication status.Values:Wi-Fi Setup Wizard NOTE: Wi-Fi Setup Wizard is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.Purpose:To configure the wireless network interface.Values:Off Disables the Wi-Fi feature.On Enables the Wi-Fi feature.Status GoodAcceptableLowNo ReceptionSSID Displays the name that identifies the wireless network.Encryption Type Displays the encryption type.Select access point Select the access point from the list.WEP Key When you select an access point using WEP as the encryption type, enter the WEP key.Passphrase When you select an access point using WPA, WPA2, or Mixed as the encryption type, enter the passphrase. Manual SSID Setup Enter SSID Specifies a name to identify the wireless network. Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be entered.
Understanding the Printer Menus185WPS SetupPurpose:To configure the wireless network using WPS.Values:Infrastructure Select when you configure the wireless settings through the access point such as a wireless router.No Security*Specifies No Security to configure the wireless settings without specifying an encryption type.Mixed mode PSK Select to configure the wireless settings with the encryption type of Mixed mode PSK. Mixed mode PSK automatically selects the encryption type from either WPA-PSK-TKIP, WPA-PSK-AES, or WPA2-PSK-AES.Passphrase Specifies the passphrase of alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63.WPA2-PSK-AES Select to configure the wireless settings with the encryption type of WPA2-PSK-AES.Passphrase Specifies the passphrase of alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63. (hex: 0-9, a-f, A-F, 16 to 64 characters)WEP Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless network. For 64bit keys, 10 hexadecimal characters can be entered. For 128bit keys, 26 hexadecimal characters can be entered.Transmit Key Specifies the transmit key from Auto*, WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP Key 3, and WEP Key 4.Ad-hoc Select to configure the wireless settings without the access point such as a wireless router.No Security*Select to configure the wireless settings without specifying the encryption type from WEP.WEP Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless network. For 64bit keys, up to 10 hexadecimal characters can be entered. For 128bit keys, up to 26 hexadecimal characters can be entered.Transmit Key Specifies the transmit key from WEP Key 1*, WEP Key 2, WEP Key 3, and WEP Key 4.Push Button Configuration*Start Configuration Configures the wireless settings with WPS-PBC.PIN Code Start Configuration Configures the wireless settings using the PIN code assigned automatically by the printer.Print PIN Code Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when entering PIN assigned to the printer into your computer.
186Understanding the Printer MenusIP ModePurpose:To configure the IP mode.Values:TCP/IPPurpose:To configure TCP/IP settings.Values:IPsec NOTE: IPsec feature is available only when IPsec is enabled on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.Purpose:Disables IPsec.Dual Stack*Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP address.IPv4 Mode Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.IPv6 Mode Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.Get IP Address AutoIP*Sets the IP address automatically. The printer will first try to get the IP address from the DHCP server. If the printer cannot get the IP address, then the printer uses the link local address. A random value in the range of 169.254.0.0 to 169.254.255.255 that is not currently in use on the network is set as the IP address. The subnet mask is set as 255.255.0.0.BOOTP Sets the IP address using BOOTP.RARP Sets the IP address using RARP.DHCP Sets the IP address using DHCP.Panel Use this option when you want to set the IP address manually on the operator panel.IP Address When an IP address is being set manually, the IP is allocated to the printer using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.Subnet Mask When an IP address is being set manually, the subnet mask is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.255.255.255.255 cannot be specified as the subnet mask.Gateway Address When an IP address is being set manually, the gateway address is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.127 and any value in the range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet of a gateway address.
Understanding the Printer Menus187Reset Wi-FiPurpose:To initialize wireless network settings. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wireless network settings are reset to their default values.Wi-Fi Direct NOTE: The Wi-Fi Direct feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only. Purpose:To configure the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.Values:Wi-Fi Direct Disable*Disables the Wi-Fi Direct network.Enable Enables the Wi-Fi Direct network.Group Role Auto Automatically resolves the group role for Wi-Fi Direct. Group Owner*Sets the printer as the Group Owner when using Wi-Fi Direct. Setting the printer to become the group owner makes it possible for devices to discover this printer. The SSID of the printer will be then displayed in the list of wireless networks on your Wi-Fi mobile device.Device Name Specifies the printer name that identifies the Wi-Fi Direct network with up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Confirm it when selecting the printer name on your Wi-Fi certified device.Paired Device Displays the status of the Wi-Fi Direct connections between the printer and up to 3 Wi-Fi mobile devices.Disconnect All Disconnects all the Wi-Fi Direct connections. Disconnect now Disconnects all the Wi-Fi Direct connections right now. Disconnect and Reset PassphraseDisconnects the Wi-Fi Direct connections and resets the passphrase.SSID Displays the name that identifies the Wi-Fi Direct network. You can also specify the name with up to 32 alphanumeric characters ("DIRECT-XY" cannot be changed). Confirm it when selecting the Wi-Fi Direct network name on the Wi-Fi mobile devices. Passphrase Displays the passphrase. Confirm it when entering the passphrase into the Wi-Fi mobile devices. Print Passphrase Prints the passphrase. Confirm it when entering the passphrase into the Wi-Fi mobile devices. Reset Passphrase Resets the passphrase. WPS Setup Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using WPS.Push Button Configuration*Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network with WPS-PBC.PIN Code Configures the Wi-Fi Direct network using PIN code assigned automatically by the printer.Print PIN Code Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when entering PIN assigned to the printer into your Wi-Fi mobile device.Reset Code Resets the PIN code.
188Understanding the Printer MenusEthernet NOTE: When the Ethernet cable is connected, Ethernet is displayed.Purpose:To confirm or specify wired network settings.IP ModePurpose:To configure the IP mode.Values:TCP/IPPurpose:To configure TCP/IP settings.Values:IPsec NOTE: IPsec feature is available only when IPsec is enabled on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.Purpose:Disables IPsec.Dual Stack*Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP address.IPv4 Mode Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.IPv6 Mode Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.Get IP Address AutoIP*Sets the IP address automatically. The printer will first try to get the IP address from the DHCP server. If the printer cannot get the IP address, then the printer uses the link local address. A random value in the range of 169.254.0.0 to 169.254.255.255 that is not currently in use on the network is set as the IP address. The subnet mask is set as 255.255.0.0.BOOTP Sets the IP address using BOOTP.RARP Sets the IP address using RARP.DHCP Sets the IP address using DHCP.Panel Use this option when you want to set the IP address manually on the operator panel.IP Address When an IP address is being set manually, the IP is allocated to the printer using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.Subnet Mask When an IP address is being set manually, the subnet mask is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255.255.255.255.255 cannot be specified as the subnet mask.Gateway Address When an IP address is being set manually, the gateway address is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 255. 127 and any value in the range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet of a gateway address.
Understanding the Printer Menus189Connection Speed NOTE: Connection Speed feature is available only when the printer is connected using the wired network.Purpose:To specify the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.Values:ProtocolsPurpose:To enable or disable each protocol. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.Values:Auto*Detects the Ethernet settings automatically.10BASE-T Half Uses 10BASE-T Half-duplex.10BASE-T Full Uses 10BASE-T Full-duplex.100BASE-TX Half Uses 100BASE-TX Half-duplex.100BASE-TX Full Uses 100BASE-TX Full-duplex.1000BASE-T Full Uses 1000BASE-T Full-duplex.LPD Disable Disables the Line Printer Daemon (LPD) port.Enable*Enables the Line Printer Daemon (LPD) port.Port9100 Disable Disables the Port9100 port.Enable*Enables the Port9100 port.FTP Disable Disables FTP port.Enable*Enables FTP port.IPP Disable Disables IPP port.Enable*Enables IPP port.SMB TCP/IP Disable Disables SMB TCP/IP port.Enable*Enables SMB TCP/IP port.WSD Print Disable Disables Web Services on Devices (WSD) print.Enable*Enables Web Services on Devices (WSD) print.WSD Scan Disable Disables Web Services on Devices (WSD) scan.Enable*Enables Web Services on Devices (WSD) scan.Network TWAIN Disable Disables Network TWAIN.Enable*Enables Network TWAIN.SNMP UDP Disable Disables the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) UDP port.Enable*Enables the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) UDP port.E-mail Alert Disable Disables the E-mail Alert feature.Enable*Enables the E-mail Alert feature.Dell Printer Configuration Web ToolDisable Disables an access to Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool embedded in the printer.Enable*Enables an access to Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool embedded in the printer.
190Understanding the Printer MenusAdvanced SettingsPurpose:To specify advanced network settings.IP Filter NOTE: IP Filter feature is available only for LPD or Port9100.Purpose:To block data received from certain IP addresses through the wired or wireless network. You can set up to five IP addresses. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.Values:IEEE 802.1x NOTE: IEEE 802.1x feature is available only when the printer is connected using Ethernet cable and it is available only when the IEEE 802.1x authentication is enabled.Purpose:To disable IEEE 802.1x authentication. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.Bonjour(mDNS) Disable Disables Bonjour (mDNS).Enable*Enables Bonjour (mDNS).Telnet Disable Disables Telnet.Enable*Enables Telnet.Update Address Book Disable Disables Update Address Book.Enable*Enables Update Address Book.HTTP-SSL/TLS Disable*Disables HTTP-SSL/TLS.Enable Enables HTTP-SSL/TLS.Google Cloud Print Disable Disables Google Cloud Print.Enable*Enables Google Cloud Print.Print from Dell Document Hub*1Disable Disables Print from Dell Document Hub.Enable*Enables Print from Dell Document Hub.Scan to Dell Document Hub*1Disable Disables Scan to Dell Document Hub.Enable*Enables Scan to Dell Document Hub.*1This item is available only on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw.n (n is 1-5) IP Address Sets the IP address for Filter n.Subnet Mask Sets the address mask for Filter n.Mode Off*Disables the IP Filter feature for Filter n.Accept Accepts an access from the specified IP address.Reject Rejects an access from the specified IP address.
Understanding the Printer Menus191PS Data FormatPurpose:To specify PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol, you can configure the PS Data Format settings. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.Values:Reset LANPurpose:To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings are reset to their default values.Delete All CertificatesPurpose:To delete all certificates of the printer. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all certificates are deleted.Fax SettingsUse the Fax Settings menu to configure the basic fax settings. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.Fax Line SettingsPurpose:To configure basic settings for the fax line.Fax NumberPurpose:To set the fax number of the printer, which will be printed on the header of a fax message. NOTE: Ensure to specify Fax Number before using Junk Fax Setup.Auto*Used when auto-detecting the PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol.Standard Used when the communication protocol is in ASCII interface.BCP Used when the communication protocol is in binary format.TBCP Used when the communication protocol supports both ASCII and binary data to switch between them according to the specified control code.Binary Used when no special processing is required for data.
192Understanding the Printer MenusCountryPurpose:To select the country where the printer is used.Values:Fax Header NamePurpose:To set the sender name to be printed on the header on faxes.Line TypePurpose:To select the default line type.Values:Line MonitorPurpose:To set the volume of the line monitor, which audibly monitors a transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is made.Values:Australia Italy SpainAustria Luxembourg SwedenBelgium Malaysia SwitzerlandCanada Mexico ThailandColombia Netherlands United KingdomDenmark New Zealand United StatesFrance Norway UnknownGermany SingaporeIreland South AfricaPSTN*Uses PSTN.PBX Uses PBX.Off Turns off the volume of the line monitor.Low Sets the volume of the line monitor to Low.Medium*Sets the volume of the line monitor to Medium.High Sets the volume of the line monitor to High.
Understanding the Printer Menus193DRPD PatternPurpose:To provide a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern.Values:Incoming DefaultsPurpose:To configure settings for incoming fax.Receive ModePurpose:To select the default fax receiving mode.Pattern1–7 DRPD is a service provided by some telephone companies. DRPD Patterns are specified by your telephone company. The patterns provided with your printer are shown below:Ask your telephone company which pattern you need to select to use this service. For example, Pattern 7 is the New Zealand FaxAbility distinctive ringing pattern: rings for 400 ms, stops for 800 ms, rings for 400 ms and stops for 1400 ms. This pattern is repeated over and over again. This printer only responds to Distinctive Alert cadence(s) DA4 in New Zealand.Pattern 1Pattern 2Pattern 3Pattern 4*Pattern 5Pattern 6Pattern 7
194Understanding the Printer MenusValues:Ring Tone VolumePurpose:To set the volume of the ring tone, which indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call through the internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to Telephone/Fax.Values:Auto Receive SetupPurpose:To configure settings for automatic fax reception.Values:Telephone Automatic fax reception is turned off. You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of the external telephone and then pressing the remote receive code, or by tapping Manual Receive in On Hook and then tapping Receive. For details about Manual Receive, see "Receiving a Fax Manually in the Telephone Mode."Fax*Automatically receives faxes.Telephone / Fax When the printer receives an incoming fax, the external telephone rings for the time specified in Auto Receive Tel/Fax, and then the printer automatically receives a fax. If an incoming call is not a fax, the printer beeps from the internal speaker indicating that the call is a telephone call.Ans Machine/Fax The printer can share a telephone line with an answering machine. In this mode, the printer will monitor the fax signal and pick up the line if there are fax tones. If the phone communication in your country is serial, this mode is not supported. DRPD Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection (DRPD) option, a distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company. After the telephone company has provided a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern, configure the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern.Off Turns off the volume of the ring tone.Low Sets the volume of the ring tone to Low.Medium Sets the volume of the ring tone to Medium.High*Sets the volume of the ring tone to High.Auto Receive Fax 0 second*Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after receiving an incoming call. The value is set in increments of 1 second.Available Range: 0-255 secondsAuto Receive Tel/Fax 6 seconds*Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external telephone receives an incoming call. The value is set in increments of 1 second.Available Range: 0-255 secondsAuto Receive Ans/Fax 21 seconds*Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external answering machine receives an incoming call. The value is set in increments of 1 second.Available Range: 0-255 seconds
Understanding the Printer Menus195Junk Fax SetupPurpose:To reject unwanted faxes by accepting faxes only from the fax numbers registered in the Phone Book.Values:Secure Receive NOTE: Secure Receive feature is available only when Panel Lock Control is set to Enable.Purpose:To specify whether to require a password to receive faxes, and to set or change the password.Values:Received Fax Forward NOTE: Forward to Email feature is available only when E-Mail Server information and Forwarding E-mail Address are registered. For information on e-mail server settings, see "E-Mail Server" and on forwarding e-mail address information, see "Fax Settings."Purpose:To set whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination.Values: NOTE: Depending on the e-mail server settings, the printer may not print incoming faxes when forwarding the incoming faxes to e-mail addresses is not successful.Off*Does not reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers.On Rejects faxes sent from unwanted numbers.Secure Receive Set Disable*Does not require a password to receive faxes.Enable Requires a password to receive faxes.Change Password*10000–9999 Sets or changes the password required to receive faxes.*1This item is available only when Secure Receive Set is set to Enable.Off*Does not forward incoming faxes.Forward Forwards incoming faxes to a specified destination. Prints incoming faxes if an error occurs during the transfer.Forwarding Number Specifies the fax number of the destination to which incoming faxes will be forwarded.Print and Forward Prints incoming faxes and also forwards them to a specified destination.Forwarding Number Specifies the fax number of the destination to which incoming faxes will be forwarded.Forward to Email Forwards incoming faxes to specified e-mail addresses. Prints incoming faxes if an error occurs during the transfer.Print and Forward to E-mailPrints incoming faxes and also forwards them to specified e-mail addresses.Forward to Server Forwards incoming faxes to a specified server address. Prints incoming faxes if an error occurs during the transfer.Print and Forward to ServerPrints incoming faxes and also forwards them to a specified server address.
196Understanding the Printer Menus2 Sided PrintTo set the duplex printing for fax. Values:Remote ReceivePurpose:To receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone after picking up the handset of the telephone.Values:Discard Size Purpose:To set the printer to discard images or any text at the bottom of a fax page when the entire page does not fit the output paper.Values:Transmission DefaultsPurpose:To configure settings for transmitting fax.Auto Redial SetupPurpose:To configure settings for automatic redial.Values:Off*Does not perform duplex printing.On Performs duplex printing.Off*Does not receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone.On Receives a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone.Remote Receive Tone Specifies the tone in two digits to start Remote Receive.Off*Prints excess images or text at the bottom of a fax page without discarding it.On Discards any excess images or text.Auto Reduction Automatically reduces a fax page to fit it onto the appropriate paper size.Redial Attempts 3*Sets the number of redial attempts to make when the destination fax number is busy. If you enter 0, the printer will not redial. The value is set in increments of 1.Available Range: 0-13Interval of Redial 1 minute*Sets the interval between redial attempts. The value is set in increments of 1 minute.Available Range: 1-15 minutes
Understanding the Printer Menus197Tone / PulsePurpose:To select the dialing t ype.Values:Prefix DialPurpose:To select whether to set a prefix dial number.Values:Fax Cover PagePurpose:To set whether to attach a cover page to faxes.Values:Fax HeaderPurpose:To print the information of the sender on the header of the faxes.Values: NOTE: If United States is selected for the setting of Country, this option does not appear on the menu. The setting is fixed to On and cannot be changed. For information on the country setting, see "Setting Your Country." Resend Delay 8 seconds*Sets the interval between re-send attempts. The value is set in increments of 1 second.Available Range: 3-255 secondsTone*Uses tone dialing.Pulse(10PPS) Sets "DP (10PPS)" (Dial Pulse, 10 Pulse Per Second) as the dial type. Pulse(20PPS) Sets "DP (20PPS)" (Dial Pulse, 20 Pulse Per Second) as the dial type. Off*Does not set a prefix dial number.On Sets a prefix dial number.Prefix Dial Number Sets a prefix dial number of up to five digits. This number dials before any auto dial number is started. It is useful for accessing the Private Automatic Branch Exchange (PABX).Off*Does not attach a cover page to faxes.On Attaches a cover page to faxes.Off Does not print the sender's information on the header of faxes.On*Prints the sender's information on the header of faxes.
198Understanding the Printer MenusECMPurpose:To set whether to enable or disable the Error Correction Mode (ECM). To use the ECM, the remote machines must also support the ECM.Values:Modem SpeedPurpose:To adjust the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error occurs. Values:Display Manual Fax RecipientsPurpose:To set whether to display the fax number of the recipient on the Sending Fax screen when manually sending a fax. Values:Fax ReportsPurpose:To configure settings for fax reports.Fax ActivityPurpose:To set whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications.Values:Off Disables the ECM.On*Enables the ECM.2.4 Kbps4.8 Kbps9.6 Kbps14.4 Kbps33.6 Kbps*Off Does not display the fax number when manually sending a fax.On*Displays the fax number when manually sending a fax.Auto Print*Automatically prints a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications.No Auto Print Does not automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications.
Understanding the Printer Menus199Fax TransmitPurpose:To set whether to print a transmission result after a fax transmission.Values:Fax BroadcastPurpose:To set whether to print a transmission result after a fax transmission to multiple destinations.Values:Fax ProtocolPurpose:To set whether to print the protocol monitor report, which helps you identify the cause of a communication problem.Va l u es :System SettingsUse System Settings to configure the power saving mode, warning tones, time-out duration, display language, and job log auto print settings. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.GeneralPurpose:To configure general settings for the printer.Power Saver TimerPurpose:To specify the time for transition to power saver mode.Values:Print Always Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission.Print On Error*Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs.Print Disable Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission.Print Always*Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission.Print On Error Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs.Print Disable Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission to multiple destinations.Print Always Prints a protocol monitor report after every fax transmission.Print On Error Prints the protocol monitor report only when an error occurs.Print Disable*Does not print the protocol monitor report.Sleep 7 minutes*Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep mode after it finishes a job.Available Range: 1–60 minutes
200Understanding the Printer MenusWhen you specify 1 minute for Sleep, the printer enters power saver mode 1 minute after it finishes a job. This uses much less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer. Specify 1 minute if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice lights flickering.Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm-up time. Select a value between 1 and 60 minutes for the power saver mode if you want a balance between energy consumption and a shorter warm-up period.The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver mode when it receives data from the computer or remote fax machine. You can also change the status of the printer to the standby mode by pressing the (Power Saver) button on the operator panel.Date & TimePurpose:To specify the date and time formats.Values:mm / inchPurpose:To specify the default measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the operator panel.Values: NOTE: The default for mm/inch varies depending on other settings, such as Country and Document Size.Screen BrightnessPurpose:To adjust the screen brightness of the touch panel.Values:Deep Sleep 8 minutes*Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Deep Sleep mode after it has entered Sleep mode.Available Range: 1–60 minutesTime Zone Sets the time zone.Date Sets the date depending on the Format settings.Format Sets the date format.Time Sets the time.Format 12 Hour Sets the time in 12-hour format.24 Hour Sets the time in 24-hour format.Millimeters(mm)*Selects millimeter as the default measurement unit.Inches(") Selects inch as the default measurement unit.5*Sets the brightness in ten levels, with ten being the brightest.Available Range: 1-10
Understanding the Printer Menus201Audio TonePurpose:To configure settings for tones emitted by the printer during operation or when a warning message appears. Values:Control Panel Off* Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is correct.Soft Emits a tone when the operator panel input is correct.Normal LoudInvalid Key Off*Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect.Soft Emits a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect.Normal LoudMachine Ready Off Does not emit a tone when the printer is ready to process a job.Soft Emits a tone when the printer is ready to process a job.Normal*LoudCopy Completed Off Does not emit a tone when a copy job is complete.Soft Emits a tone when a copy job is complete.Normal*LoudJob Completed Off Does not emit a tone when a job other than a copy job is complete.Soft Emits a tone when a job other than a copy job is complete.Normal*LoudFault Tone Off Does not emit a tone when a job ends abnormally.Soft Emits a tone when a job ends abnormally.Normal*LoudAlert Tone Off Does not emit a tone when a problem occurs.Soft Emits a tone when a problem occurs.Normal*LoudOut of Paper Off Does not emit a tone when the printer runs out of paper.Soft Emits a tone when the printer runs out of paper.Normal*LoudLow Toner Alert Off Does not emit a tone when the toner is low.Soft Emits a tone when the toner is low.Normal*Loud
202Understanding the Printer MenusLow Toner Alert MessagePurpose:To specify whether to show the alert message when the toner is low.Values:OffHook Wake UpPurpose:To specify whether to wake up from Sleep or Deep Sleep mode when you pick up the handset of the external telephone. Values:Auto Log PrintPurpose:To automatically print a job history report after every 20 jobs.Values:Print logs can also be printed using the Report/List menu.Auto Clear Alert Off*Does not emit a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear.Soft Emits a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear.Normal LoudNFC Authentication*1Off Does not emit a tone when an NFC card is placed on the NFC reader for authentication.Soft Emits a tone when an NFC card is placed on the NFC reader for authentication.Normal*LoudAll Tones Off Disables all the alert tones.Soft Sets the volume of all the alert tones at once.Normal*Loud*1This item is available only on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw.Off Does not show the alert message when the toner is low.On*Shows the alert message when the toner is low.Off*Does not wake up from Sleep or Deep Sleep mode when you pick up the handset of the external telephone. On Wakes up from Sleep or Deep Sleep mode when you pick up the handset of the external telephone. Off*Does not automatically print a job history report.OnAutomatically prints a job history report.
Understanding the Printer Menus203RAM DiskPurpose:To allocate memory to the RAM disk file system for the Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof Print features. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.Values: NOTE: Restart your printer when you change the settings for the RAM Disk menu.Fax Server Phone BookPurpose:To specify whether to search the phone numbers from the phone book for the LDAP server.Values: NOTE: You can search the phone numbers only from the local Phone Book when Fax Server Phone Book is set to Off.E-mail Server Address BookPurpose:To specify whether to search the e-mail addresses from the address book for the LDAP server. Values: NOTE: You can search the e-mail addresses only from the local Address Book when E-mail Server Address Book is set to Off.Power On WizardPurpose:To perform initial setup for the printer.Off Does not allocate memory to the RAM disk file system. Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof Print jobs will abort and be recorded to the job log.On*260 MB Sets the allocation of memory to the RAM disk file system in increments of 20 MB.Available Range:20-300 MBOff*Does not search the phone numbers from the phone book for the LDAP server.On Searches the phone numbers from the phone book for the LDAP server.Off*Does not search the e-mail addresses from the address book for the LDAP server.On Searches the e-mail addresses from the address book for the LDAP server.
204Understanding the Printer MenusMax E-mail SizePurpose:To specify the maximum size of e-mail that can be sent. Values:TimersPurpose:To configure timer settings.Auto ResetPurpose:To automatically reset the settings for Copy, Scan, Fax, E-mail, or Print to the default settings and return to the standby mode after you do not specify any settings for the specified time.Values:Fault Time-outPurpose:To specify the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops abnormally. The print job is canceled if the time-out time is exceeded. Values:Output SettingsPurpose:To configure settings concerning output from the printer.4096 KB*Sets the maximum size of e-mail that can be sent, in increments of 1 KB.50-16384 KB45sec*1min2min3min4minOff Disables the fault time-out.On*60 seconds*Sets the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops abnormally.Available Range: 3-300 seconds
Understanding the Printer Menus205Default Paper Size Purpose:To specify the default paper size.Values:mm seriesinch seriesPrint IDPurpose:To specify a location where the user ID is printed. Values: NOTE: When printing on DL size paper, a part of the user ID may not be printed correctly.Print TextPurpose:To specify whether the printer outputs PDL (Page Description Language) data, which is not supported by the printer, as text when the printer receives it. Text data is printed on A4 or Letter size paper.Values:A4 (210x297mm)*1Letter(8.5x11")*1Denotes country-specific factory default values.A4 (210x297mm)Letter(8.5x11")*1*1Denotes country-specific factory default values.Off*Does not print the user ID.Top Left Prints the user ID on the top left of the page.Top Right Prints the user ID on the top right of the page.Bottom Left Prints the user ID on the bottom left of the page.Bottom Right Prints the user ID on the bottom right of the page.Off Does not print the received data.On*Prints the received data as text data.
206Understanding the Printer MenusBanner SheetPurpose:To specify the position of banner sheet, and also specify the tray in which the banner sheet is loaded. Values:Substitute TrayPurpose:Specifies whether to use paper of a different size when the paper that is loaded in the specified tray does not match the paper size settings for the current job.Values:Letterhead 2 SidedPurpose:To specify whether to print on both sides when using letterhead.Values:A4<>Letter SwitchPurpose:To print A4 size jobs on Letter size paper if A4 size paper is not available or to print Letter size jobs on A4 size paper if Letter size paper is not available.Values:Insert Position Off*Does not print the banner sheet.Front Inserted before the first page of every copy.Back Inserted after the last page of every copy.Front & Back Inserted before the first page of every copy and after the last page of every copy.Specify Tray MPF The banner sheet is loaded in the MPF.Tray1*The banner sheet is loaded in tray1.Tray2*1The banner sheet is loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder.*1This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.Off No tray size substitute accepted.Larger Size Substitutes paper of next largest size. When there is no larger paper size, the printer substitutes paper of nearest size.Nearest Size*Substitutes paper of nearest size.Use MPF Substitutes paper from the MPF.Disable*Does not print on both sides of letterhead.Enable Prints on both sides of letterhead.Off*1Does not print A4 size jobs on Letter size paper or Letter size jobs on A4 paper.On*Prints A4 size jobs on Letter size paper if A4 is not available in the paper trays and vice versa (Letter size job on A4 size paper).
Understanding the Printer Menus207A5<>Statement SwitchPurpose:To print A5 size jobs on Statement size paper if A5 size paper is not available or to print Statement size jobs on A5 size paper if Statement size paper is not available.Values:Report 2 Sided PrintPurpose:To specify to print reports on both sides a sheet of paper.Values:Use Another TrayPurpose:To change to another paper tray when a paper size runs out in the specified paper tray. NOTE: If you select another paper tray with paper size smaller than the paper size specified in the job, the parts that do not fit are not printed (print size is not adjusted automatically).Values:Envelope Mode MismatchPurpose:To specify whether to display the alert window when the print job is started without setting to the envelope mode.Values:*1Depending on the printer setting, the printer will continue to print on existing media of a different size or prompt the user to select from the following: • Delete Job• Supply with correct mediaOff*1Does not print A5 size jobs on Statement size paper or Statement size jobs on A5 paper.On*Prints A5 size jobs on Statement size paper if A5 is not available in the paper trays and vice versa (Statement size job on A5 size paper).*1Depending on the printer setting, the printer will continue to print on existing media of a different size or prompt the user to select from the following:• Delete Job• Supply with correct media1 Sided*Prints reports on one side of a sheet of paper.2 Sided Prints reports on both side of a sheet of paper.Off Does not print on other paper sizes in other paper trays if the paper size specified in the job runs out.On*Shows a message to select another tray when the specified paper runs out in the paper tray.Ignore Does not display the alert window and continues the print job on the envelope even if a mismatch is detected in the printer's envelope mode settings.Show Warning*Displays the alert window to confirm whether to hold the print job and change to the envelope mode, or to continue the print job anyway without changing to the envelope mode.
208Understanding the Printer MenusSet Available TimePurpose:Sets the available time for the Copy, Scan, Fax, and Print functions.Values: NOTE: Set Available Time can be configured when Print, Copy, Scan, or Fax is set to On.Secure Job Expiration NOTE: Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.Purpose:To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.Values:Copy, Scan, Fax, Print Set Available Time Off*Does not set the time when function is available.On Sets the time when function is available.Start Time Sets the start time of the available time.End Time Sets the end time of the available time.Recurrence Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.Expiration Mode Off*Does not set the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.On Sets the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.Expiration Time Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.Recurrence Daily Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk daily.Weekly* Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk weekly.Monthly Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as Secure Print monthly.Weekly Setting Monday Sets the day of the week to delete the files stored as Secure Print.Tue sdayWednesdayThursdayFridaySaturdaySunday*Monthly Setting 1 Day*Sets the day of the month to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.Available Range: 1-28 days
Understanding the Printer Menus209AccessControl ModePurpose:To specify who has access to printing.Values:Non Registered UserPurpose:To specify whether to permit the printing of data without authentication information. Values:AccessControl Error ReportPurpose:To specify whether to automatically print error-related information if printing with AccessControl results in an error.Values:NFC - Tap to Print NOTE: The Tap to Print feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only.Purpose:To specify whether to add the printer to a mobile device such as a tablet or a notebook computer by tapping the device to of the printer. Values:MaintenanceUse the Maintenance menu to fine-tune the printer for optimal print quality, reset the print meter or the life counter of the replaced parts, or reset the default settings by initializing the printer's non-volatile memory. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.Off*Does not limit access to printing.On Limits access to printing. Authentication is done using user information registered on the printer.Off*Does not permit non-account user to print the data.On Permits non-account user to print the data.Off*Does not print the error report when printing with AccessControl results in an error.On Prints the error report when printing with AccessControl results in an error.Disable Does not add the printer to a mobile device by tapping the device to the printer.Enable*Adds the printer to a mobile device by tapping the device to the printer.
210Understanding the Printer MenusPaper DensityPurpose:To specify paper density settings.Values:Adjust Transfer Unit NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.Purpose:To specify the transfer unit voltage adjustment for each paper type.Values:Plain Light (<100gsm)Normal*Plain 0*Sets the transfer unit voltage in increments of 1. The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. If you see mottles on the printed paper, try to increase the voltage. If you see white spots on the printed paper, try to decrease the voltage.Available Range: -5 to +10Plain Thick 0*Available Range: -5 to +10Covers(106-163g/m2)0*Available Range: -5 to +10Covers Thick(164-216g/m2)0*Available Range: -5 to +10Rough Surface 0*Available Range: -5 to +10Label 0*Available Range: -5 to +10Envelope 0*Available Range: -5 to +10Japanese Postcard 0*Available Range: -5 to +10
Understanding the Printer Menus211Adjust Fusing Unit NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for this item.Purpose:To adjust the temperature setting of the fusing unit for each paper type.Values:Adjust DensityPurpose: To adjust density level.Values:ChartPurpose:To print various charts that can be used for diagnosis of the printer.Values:Plain 0*Sets the fusing unit temperature in increments of 1. The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When the printed paper has curled, try to lower the temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the temperature.Available Range: -3 to +3Plain Thick 0*Available Range: -3 to +3Covers(106-163g/m2)0*Available Range: -3 to +3Covers Thick(164-216g/m2)0*Available Range: -3 to +3Rough Surface 0*Available Range: -3 to +3Label 0*Available Range: -3 to +3Envelope 0*Available Range: -3 to +3Japanese Postcard 0*Available Range: -3 to +3Darken -3 to -1 Adjusts the density level darker than the normal setting. Normal*0Works well with standard typed or printed documents.Lighten +1 to +3 Adjusts the density level lighter than the normal setting. Pitch Chart Print Prints a full halftone page. Also prints a page to check the pitch. A total of two pages are printed.Full Page Solid 1-Sided Specifies to print a chart of the full page solid on the paper.2-Sided Specifies to print a chart of the full page solid on both sides of the paper.Print Begins to print a full page solid.
212Understanding the Printer MenusClean DeveloperPurpose:To stir the developer in the drum cartridge.Values:Clean Transfer UnitPurpose:To clean the transfer unit. Values:Toner RefreshPurpose:To clean the toner in the drum cartridge (and supply new toner from toner cartridge). NOTE: Toner Refresh feature uses the toner, and shorten the life of the toner cartridge and the drum cartridge.Values:Reset DefaultsPurpose:To initialize the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.Values:Initialize Print MeterPurpose:To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the meter count is reset to zero.Reset Transfer Belt UnitPurpose:To initialize the life counter of the transfer belt unit. After replacing the transfer belt unit, be sure to initialize its life counter.Alignment Chart Print Prints a chart to check for proper alignment of the print image on the paper.Start Stirs the developer in the drum cartridge.Start Cleans the transfer unit.Start Cleans the toner.User Fax Section Initialize Initializes the fax number entries in the Address Book.User Scan Section Initialize Initializes the e-mail and server address entries in the Address Book.User Account Section Initialize Initializes the user registration information.User App Section Initialize Initializes the widget application information.System Section Initialize Initializes the system parameters.
Understanding the Printer Menus213Reset Fusing UnitPurpose:To initialize the life counter of the fusing unit. After replacing the fusing unit, be sure to initialize its life counter.Clear Stored Jobs NOTE: Clear Stored Jobs feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.Purpose:To clear all files stored as Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail box Print, Proof Print, and Stored Print in the RAM disk.Values:Non-Dell TonerPurpose:To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer. CAUTION: Using a non-Dell™ toner cartridge may severely damage your printer. The warranty does not cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.Values:Adjust AltitudePurpose:To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed. The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used. NOTE: An incorrect altitude setting leads to poor printing quality, incorrect indication of remaining toner, etc. Values:All Clear Deletes all files stored as Secure Print, Private Mail Box Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof Print in the RAM disk.Secure Document Clear Deletes all files stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.Stored Document Clear Deletes all files stored as Stored Print in the RAM disk.Off*Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.OnUses toner cartridge of another manufacturer.0m*Sets the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.1000m2000m3000m
214Understanding the Printer MenusDecrease Electrostatic MemoryPurpose:To widen the print gap not to leave toner streak on the next page. Values: NOTE: When Decrease Electrostatic Memory is set to On, the print speed will be slowed.Decrease GhostingPurpose:To reduce negative ghost.Values:Clear Job HistoryPurpose:To clear the job history of all finished jobs.Fax Line Test NOTE: Fax Line Test feature is not available when the Fax function is disabled.Purpose:To test if the voltage supply from the fax line is sufficient.Secure SettingsUse the Secure Settings menu to set a password to limit access to the menus. This prevents items from being changed accidentally. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.See also:"Panel Lock"Panel LockPurpose:To set a limited access to Admin Settings with a password, and to set or change the password. Values:Off*Does not widen the print gap.OnWidens the print gap.Off*Does not decrease negative ghosting.OnDecreases negative ghosting.Panel Lock Control Disable*Disables password protection for Admin Settings.Enable Enables password protection for Admin Settings.Change Password*10000–9999 Sets or changes the password required to access Admin Settings.*1This item is available only when Panel Lock Control is set to Enable.
Understanding the Printer Menus215Functions Control NOTE: Functions Control feature is available only when Panel Lock Control is set to Enable.Purpose:To specify whether to enable or disable each of the printer functions, or to require a password to use the functions.Values:Copy On*Enables the Copy function.On (Password) Enables the Copy function, but requires a password to use the function.Off Disables the Copy function.Scan to E-mail On*Enables the Scan to Email function.On (Password) Enables the Scan to Email function, but requires a password.Off Disables the Scan to Email function.Fax On*Enables the Fax function.On (Password) Enables the Fax function but requires a password to send faxes (does not require a password to receive incoming faxes).Off Disables the Fax function (the printer will not send or receive faxes).Fax Driver Enable*Enables the Fax Driver function.Disable Disables the Fax Driver function (the printer will not send faxes).Scan To Network Folder On*Enables the Scan To Network Folder function.On (Password) Enables the Scan To Network Folder function, but requires a password.Off Disables the Scan To Network Folder function.Scan To PC On*Enables the Scan To PC and Web Services on Devices (WSD) Scan function.On (Password) Enables the Scan To PC function, but requires a password. Web Services on Devices (WSD) Scan is disabled since On (Password) is not supported by Web Services on Devices (WSD) Scan.Off Disables the Scan To PC and Web Services on Devices (WSD) Scan function.PC Scan On*Enables the PC Scan function.On (Password) Enables the PC Scan function, but requires a password.Off Disables the PC Scan function.Scan To USB On*Enables the Scan To USB function.On (Password) Enables the Scan To USB function, but requires a password.Off Disables the Scan To USB function.
216Understanding the Printer MenusDesktop Authentication NOTE: The Desktop Authentication feature is available on the Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn only.Purpose:To specify the Desktop Authentication method. Values:Edit E-mail From FieldsPurpose:To specify whether to enable editing of the transmission source when you use Scan to Email.Values:Reconfirm RecipientPurpose:To specify whether to reconfirm the recipient before sending a fax or scan. NOTE: If the Reconfirm Recipient menu is set to Reconfirm Recipient, recipients can only be selected from the phone book or the address book. You cannot directly enter an address or fax number.Values:USB Direct Print On*Enables the USB Direct Print function.On (Password) Enables the USB Direct Print function, but requires a password.Off Disables the USB Direct Print function.ID Copy Enable*Enables the ID Copy function.Disable Disables the ID Copy function.USB Service Show When InsertedEnable*Shows a USB Drive Detected screen when a USB memory is inserted into the printer. Disable Does not show a USB Drive Detected screen when a USB memory is inserted into the printer. Change Password*1Changes the password that is set under the Functions Control menu. *1This item is available only when On(Password) is enabled.Local Authentication*Use the local authentication method. Remote Authentication Use the remote authentication method. Disable Disables editing of the transmission source.Enable*Enables editing of the transmission source.No Confirmation*Does not display a screen to reconfirm the recipient before the job is actually sent.Reconfirm RecipientDisplays a screen to reconfirm the recipient before the job is actually sent.
Understanding the Printer Menus217Domain FilteringPurpose:To specify whether to only send e-mails to specified domains. NOTE: Set the domains from SMTP Domain Filtering on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.Values:Software DownloadPurpose:To enable or disable download of firmware updates.Values:Display of Network InformationPurpose:To show or hide network information in the message field of the Home screen.Values:Login Error NOTE: Login Error feature is available only when Panel Lock Control is set to Enable.Purpose:To specify the number of error entry attempts allowed when you log in as an administrator in the Admin Settings and Report/List menu.Values:Off*Disables Domain Filtering. Allow DomainsOnly allows e-mails to be sent to specified domains. DisableDisables firmware updates.Enable*Enables firmware updates.Show IPv4 Address*Shows the IPv4 address of the printer on the Home screen.Show Host NameShows the host name of the printer on the Home screen.Hide Network InformationDoes not show network information on the Home screen.Off*Does not allow an administrator to log in after one error entry attempt.On 5*Sets the number of error entry attempts allowed when an administrator logs in.Available Range: 1-10
218Understanding the Printer MenusNFC Authentication NOTE: The NFC Authentication feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only. Purpose:To specify whether to enable the authentication using the NFC authentication card.Values:USB SettingsUse the USB Settings menu to change printer settings affecting a USB port.USB Port NOTE: USB Port feature is available only for the USB port on the rear of the printer.Purpose:To specify whether to enable the USB port. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.Values:PS Data FormatPurpose:To specify PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol. You can configure the PS Data Format settings. The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.Values:Job Time-outPurpose:To specify the amount of time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. The print job is canceled if the time-out time is exceeded.Values:Disable Does not permit the authentication using the NFC authentication card.Enable*Permits the authentication using the NFC authentication card.Disable Disables the USB interface.Enable*Enables the USB interface.Auto Used when auto-detecting the PostScript 3 Compatible communication protocol.Standard Used when the communication protocol is in ASCII interface.BCP Used when the communication protocol is in binary format.TBCP* Used when the communication protocol supports both ASCII and binary data to switch between them according to the specified control code.Binary Used when no special processing is required for data.Off Disables the job time-out.On*30 seconds*Sets the time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer.Available Range: 5–300 seconds
Understanding the Printer Menus219Default SettingsUse Default Settings to modify the Copy, Scan, or Fax menu defaults. Copy DefaultsPurpose:To mod ify the Copy menu defaults.Copy Defaults allows you to configure the following items in addition to the items under the Copy menu.Auto Exposure LevelPurpose:To specify the default background suppression level.Values:Fax DefaultsPurpose:To mod ify the Fax menu defaults. See "Fax" for more details.Scan DefaultsPurpose:To mod ify the Scan menu defaults.Scan Defaults allows you to configure the following items in addition to the items under the Scan menu.Auto Exposure LevelPurpose:To specify the default background suppression level.Values:TIFF File FormatPurpose:To specify the default TIFF file format.Values:Normal*Sets the background suppression level to Normal.High Sets the background suppression level to High.Highest Sets the background suppression level to Highest.Normal*Sets the background suppression level to Normal.High Sets the background suppression level to High.Highest Sets the background suppression level to Highest.TIFF V6 Sets the default TIFF file format to TIFF V6.TTN2*Sets the default TIFF file format to TTN2.
220Understanding the Printer MenusImage CompressionPurpose:To specify the image compression level.Values:Direct Print Defaults (available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only)USB Direct Print Defaults (available on the Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn only)Purpose:To modify the defaults for the Direct Print Defaults or USB Direct Print Defaults menu. See "Print PDF/TIFF" for more details.Tray ManagementUse the Tray Settings menu to define the print media loaded in tray1 and the optional 550-sheet feeder. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.Tray SettingsTo configure tray settings.MPFPurpose:To specify the paper loaded in the MPF.Values:High Sets the image compression level to High.Normal*Sets the image compression level to Normal.Low Sets the image compression level to Low.Display Tray Prompt Enter a check to display a popup message that prompts to set Paper Type and Paper Size when paper is loaded in the MPF. The factory default is on (check). MPF Mode Use Panel Settings*Uses the paper size and type specified on the operator panel. Use Printer Driver Settings Use the paper size and type specified on the printer driver.Manual When the print job is started, the printer pauses the job and shows the screen to prompt the user to load the paper of the specified size and type. To continue the job, check that the specified paper is loaded, and tap Continue in the screen on the touch panel.
Understanding the Printer Menus221Size*1mm series A4(210x297mm)*2A5(148x210mm) B5(182x257mm)Letter(8.5x11")Folio(8.5x13")Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")Executive(7.3x10.5")Envelope #10(4.1x9.5")Monarch Env.(3.9x7.5")DL Env.(110x220mm)C5 Env.(162x229mm)Postcard(100x148mm)Custominch series Letter(8.5x11")*2Folio(8.5x13")Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")A4(210x297mm)A5(148x210mm) B5(182x257mm)
222Understanding the Printer MenusExecutive(7.3x10.5")Envelope #10(4.1x9.5")Monarch Env.(3.9x7.5")DL Env.(110x220mm)C5 Env.(162x229mm)Postcard(100x148mm)CustomType*1Plain*Plain ThickCovers(106-163g/m2)Covers Thick(164-216g/m2)Rough SurfaceLabelEnvelopeRecycledJapanese PostcardLetterheadPreprintedPrepunchedColor*1 Available only when MPF Mode is set to Use Panel Settings.*2 Denotes country-specific factory default value.
Understanding the Printer Menus223Tray1Purpose:To specify the paper loaded in tray1.Values:Display Tray Prompt Enter a check to display a popup message that prompts to set Paper Type and Paper Size when paper is loaded in tray1. The factory default is on (check). Size mm series A4(210x297mm)*1A5(148x210mm) B5(182x257mm)Letter(8.5x11")Folio(8.5x13")Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")Executive(7.3x10.5")Postcard(100x148mm)Custominch series Letter(8.5x11")*1Folio(8.5x13")Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")A4(210x297mm)A5(148x210mm) B5(182x257mm)
224Understanding the Printer Menus NOTE: For more information on supported paper sizes, see "Supported Paper Sizes."Tray2 NOTE: Tray2 feature is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.Purpose:To specify the paper loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder. Values:Executive(7.3x10.5")Postcard(100x148mm)CustomTy p e P l a inPlain ThickCovers(106-163g/m2)Covers Thick(164-216g/m2)Rough SurfaceLabelRecycledJapanese PostcardLetterheadPreprintedPrepunchedColor*1 Denotes country-specific factory default value.Display Tray Prompt Enter a check to display a popup message that prompts to set Paper Type and Paper Size when paper is loaded in the optional 550-sheet feeder. The factory default is on (check). Size mm series A4(210x297mm)*1A5(148x210mm)B5(182x257mm)Letter(8.5x11")
Understanding the Printer Menus225Folio(8.5x13")Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")Executive(7.3x10.5")Custominch series Letter(8.5x11")*1Folio(8.5x13")Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")A4(210x297mm)A5(148x210mm)B5(182x257mm)Executive(7.3x10.5")CustomTy p e P l a inPlain ThickCovers(106-163g/m2)Covers Thick(164-216g/m2)Rough SurfaceLabelRecycledLetterheadPreprintedPrepunchedColor
226Understanding the Printer MenusTray PriorityPurpose:To set the priority order of the paper trays for automatic tray selection. If paper trays loaded with the same paper size and type exists, the paper tray is selected according to this priority order.Values:Language SettingsUse the Language Settings menu to configure Panel Language, or Keyboard Layout.Panel LanguagePurpose:To determine the language of the text on the touch panel.Values:Keyboard LayoutPurpose:To select the keyboard layout on the touch panel.First MPF*1Sets the MPF as the first priority.Tray1*Sets tray1 as the first priority. Tray2 Sets the optional 550-sheet feeder as the first priority. Second MPF*Sets the MPF as the second priority.Tray1*1Sets tray1 as the second priority. Tray2 Sets the optional 550-sheet feeder as the second priority. Third MPF Sets the MPF as the third priority.Tray1 Sets tray1 as the third priority. Tray2*1Sets the optional 550-sheet feeder as the third priority. *1The factory default when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.English*FrançaisItalianoDeutschEspañolDanskNederlandsNorskSvenska
Understanding the Printer Menus227Values:Print Use the Print menu to select and print a job stored by the Private Mailbox, Public Mailbox, Proof Print, Secure Print, and Secure Fax Receive features. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.Private Mailbox NOTE: Private Mailbox feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.Purpose:To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Private Mailbox.Values:Public Mailbox NOTE: Public Mailbox feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.Purpose:To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Public Mailbox.Values:QWERTYAZERTYQWERTZSelect User ID Enter the password you specified on the printer driver.Select a Job Selects a job to print.Select All Selects all the documents stored for this User ID.Quantity 1*Specifies the quantity of prints in increments of 1. Available Range: 1-999Use Driver Settings Sets the quantity of prints specified on the printer driver.Print Prints the selected job.Print and Delete*Deletes the document after it is printed.Delete Deletes the specified document from print memory.Select User ID Select a Job Selects a job to print.Select All Selects all the documents stored for this User ID.Quantity 1*Specifies the quantity of prints in increments of 1. Available Range: 1-999Use Driver Settings Sets the quantity of prints specified on the printer driver.Print Prints the selected job.Print and Delete Deletes the document after it is printed.Delete Deletes the specified document from print memory.
228Understanding the Printer MenusProof Print NOTE: Proof Print feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.Purpose:To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Proof Print. When the print job is sent from the printer driver on the computer, a single copy is printed for you to check the print result. If you do not have problems with the print result, you can choose to print more copies. This prevents a large number of misprinted copies from being printed at one time.Values:Secure Print NOTE: Secure Print feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to On.Purpose:To print confidential jobs. The printer can hold the job in memory until you arrive at the printer and type the password on the operator panel.Values:Secure Fax ReceivePurpose:To print confidential faxes. The printer can hold the job in memory until you arrive at the printer and type the password on the operator panel.Values:Select User ID Select a Job Selects a job to print.Select All Selects all the documents stored for this User ID.Quantity 1*Specifies the quantity of prints in increments of 1. Available Range: 1-999Use Driver Settings Sets the quantity of prints specified on the printer driver.Print Prints the selected job.Print and Delete Deletes the document after it is printed.Delete Deletes the specified document from print memory.Select User ID Enter the password you specified on the printer driver.Select a Job Selects a job to print.Select All Selects all the documents stored for this User ID.Print Prints the selected job.Print and Delete*Deletes the document after it is printed.Delete Deletes the specified document from print memory.Enter PasswordEnter the password you specified in Secure Receive.
Understanding the Printer Menus229Tile SettingsThe Tile Settings screen appears when is tapped under the Print menu. Use Tile Settings to create and edit custom tiles for Print. Copy You can configure a variety of copy features under the Copy menu. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.QuantityPurpose:To specify the number of copies from 1 to 99.Darken / LightenPurpose:To make the copy darker or lighter than the original.Values:Select TrayPurpose:To specify the input tray.Values:Darken 3 Works well with light documents or faint pencil markings. Darken 2Darken 1Normal*Works well with standard typed or printed documents. Lighten 1 Works well with dark documents.Lighten 2Lighten 3MPF The paper is fed from the MPF. When Use Printer Driver Settings is set in MPF of Tray Settings, Any is displayed for Size and Type. If you start the copy job with Any as the paper size and type, A4 or Letter is selected as the paper size and plain is selected as the paper type. If you want to specify the size and type of paper in the MPF, select MPF and specify the paper size and type.Paper Size mm series A4(210x297mm)*1A5(148x210mm) B5(182x257mm)
230Understanding the Printer MenusLetter(8.5x11")Folio(8.5x13")Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")Executive(7.3x10.5")Envelope #10(4.1x9.5")Monarch Env.(3.9x7.5")DL Env.(110x220mm)C5 Env.(162x229mm)Postcard(100x148mm)Custominch series Letter(8.5x11")*1Folio(8.5x13")Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")A4(210x297mm)A5(148x210mm) B5(182x257mm)Executive(7.3x10.5")Envelope #10(4.1x9.5")Monarch Env.(3.9x7.5")
Understanding the Printer Menus2312 Sided CopyingPurpose:To specify whether to make duplex copy and select the binding position.Values:DL Env.(110x220mm)C5 Env.(162x229mm)Postcard(100x148mm)CustomPaper Type PlainPlain ThickCovers(106-163g/m2)Covers Thick(164-216g/m2)Rough SurfaceLabelsEnvelopeRecycledJapanese PostcardLetterheadPreprintedPrepunchedColorTray1*1The paper is fed from tray1.Tray2*2The paper is fed from the optional 550-sheet feeder.*1Denotes country-specific factory default value.*2This item is available only when the optional 550-sheet feeder is installed.1  1 Sided*Prints on one side of a sheet of paper.1  2 Sided Prints one sided originals on both sides of a sheet of paper.Long Edge Binding*Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by long edge.Short Edge Binding Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by short edge.2  1 Sided Prints two sided originals on one side of a sheet of paper.Long Edge Binding*Scans both sides of a document bound by long edge.Short Edge Binding Scans both sides of a document bound by short edge.2  2 Sided Prints two sided originals on both sides of a sheet of paper.Long Edge Binding*Scans both sides of a document bound by long edge.Short Edge Binding Scans both sides of a document bound by short edge.
232Understanding the Printer MenusSharpnessPurpose:To adjust the sharpness to make the copy sharper or softer than the original.Values:Reduce/EnlargePurpose:To reduce or enlarge the size of a copied image.Values:Original SizePurpose:To specify the default document size.Sharpen Makes the copy sharper than the original. Normal*Does not make the copy sharper or softer than the original. Soften Makes the copy softer than the original.Custom ratio 100*Sets a custom ratio in increments of 1 percent.25-400 %mm series 100%*50%70%A4A581%B5A5122%A5B5141%A5A4200%inch series 100%*50%64%LedgerLetter78%LegalLetter129%StatementLetter154%StatementLegal200%
Understanding the Printer Menus233Values: NOTE: When Auto is selected, the printer assumes that the document size is the size of the print media loaded in tray1 or the MPF.Original TypePurpose:To improve the image quality by selecting the type of the original document.Values:CollationPurpose: To sort the copy job. For example, if you make two copies of three page documents, one complete set of three page documents is printed one by one. Values:mm seriesAuto*1A4 (210x297mm) A5 (148x210mm) B5 (182x257mm) Letter (8.5x11") Folio (8.5x13") Legal (8.5x14") Statement (5.5x8.5")Executive (7.3x10.5") inch seriesAuto*1Letter (8.5x11") Folio (8.5x13") Legal (8.5x14") Statement (5.5x8.5")A4 (210x297mm) A5 (148x210mm) B5 (182x257mm) Executive (7.3x10.5") *1Denotes country-specific factory default values.Photo & Text*Used for documents with both text and photos. Text Used for documents with text.Photo Used for documents with photos. Auto*Automatically sorts a copy job only when you use the DADF.Collated Sorts a copy job. Uncollated Does not sort a copy job.
234Understanding the Printer Menus2-UpPurpose:To print two original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper.Values:MarginPurpose:To specify the top, bottom, right, left, and middle margins of the copy.Values:Auto ExposurePurpose:To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.Values:Save Settings The Save Settings screen appears when is tapped under the Copy menu. Use Save Settings to save a variety of copy features. And also use to create and edit custom tiles for Copy.ID CopyYou can configure a variety of ID copy features under the ID Copy menu. Values:Off*Does not perform 2-up printing. Auto Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper. Manual Prints the original pages onto the one sheet of paper in the size specified in Reduce/Enlarge.Top/Bottom 0.2 inch* (4 mm*)Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).Available Range: 0.0–2.0 inches (0–50 mm)Left/Right 0.2 inch* (4 mm*)Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).Available Range: 0.0–2.0 inches (0–50 mm)Middle 0.0 inches*(0 mm*)Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).Available Range: 0.0–2.0 inches (0–50 mm)Off Does not suppress the background.On*Suppresses the background to enhance text.Quantity For details about each menu, see "Copy."Darken / LightenSelect TraySharpnessAuto Exposure
Understanding the Printer Menus235Save SettingsThe Save Settings screen appears when is tapped under the ID Copy menu. Use Save Settings to save a variety of ID Copy features. And also use to create and edit custom tiles for ID Copy.Scan As a default setting, the printer provides the following scan feature tiles on the Home screen: Scan to Email, Scan to Network Folder, Scan to USB, Scan to WSD, and Scan to PC. Scan to EmailPurpose:To use the e-mail to send the scanned image. See "Scan Settings" for more details about the various scan options you can set for the scan.Values:Scan to Network FolderPurpose:To store the scanned image on a network server or a computer. See "Scan Settings" for more details about the various scan settings you can set for the scan.Values:Scan to USBPurpose:To save the scanned image to a USB memory attached to the printer. See "Scan Settings" for more details about the various scan settings you can set for the scan.Values:Enter Recipient's AddressEnters the e-mail address of the recipient using the keyboard.Address Book Individuals Selects an e-mail address from the local address book.Groups Selects an e-mail group from the local address book.Network Address Book Searches an e-mail address from the server address book.Sender*1Keyboard Enters the e-mail address of the sender using the keyboard.Address Book Selects an e-mail address of the sender from the local address book.Network Address Book Searches an e-mail address of the sender from the server address book.*1The sender's e-mail address cannot be edited when the remote authentication is used as the user authentication method on the Dell Smart Multifunction Printer | S2815dn. Address Book Selects a FTP address or Server Message Block (SMB) protocol address from the local address book.Folder NameSelects which folder the scanned image is saved to.
236Understanding the Printer MenusScan to WSDPurpose:To save scanned data on a computer using Web Services on Devices (WSD). NOTE: Scan to WSD is available when the OS of the client computer is Microsoft® Windows Vista® SP2 (or later), Windows® 7, Windows® 8, and Windows® 8.1. Values:Scan to PCPurpose:To save scanned data on a computer. The Scan to PC feature allows you to import scanned data from the printer to a computer connected via a USB cable. The computer must have ScanButton Manager installed to receive the data. See "Scan Settings" for more details about the various scan settings you can set for the scan.Scan SettingsThe Scan Settings screen appears when the is tapped on the Scan to Email, Scan to Network Folder, or Scan to USB screen. Use Scan Settings to configure a variety of scan features. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.Output ColorPurpose:To select color or black and white scanning.Values:ResolutionPurpose:To specify the resolution of the scanned image.Values:Computer NameSelects which computer the scanned image is saved to. Up to 20 computers will be listed.Scan Sends the scanned image to the computer according to the chosen event. Which application each event is associated with depends on the setting on the computer. ScanToPrintScanToEmailScanToFaxScanToOCRColor*Scans in color mode. Works well with texts and photos.Black & White Scans in black and white mode. Works well with texts.Gray Scale Scans in grayscale mode. Works well with texts and photos.200 dpi*300 dpi400 dpi
Understanding the Printer Menus237File FormatPurpose:To specify the file format to save the scanned image.Values:2 Sided ScanningPurpose:To specify whether to scan both sides of a document.Values:Darken / LightenPurpose:To adjust the density to make the scanned image darker or lighter than the original.Values:ContrastPurpose:To adjust the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors darker or lighter than the original.Values:600 dpiPDF*Multi-Page TIFFTIFF (1 File per Page)JPEG (1 File per Page)1 Sided*Scans one side of a document.2 Sided Long Edge Binding*Scans both sides of a document bound by the long edge.Short Edge Binding Scans both sides of a document bound by the short edge.Darken 3 Works well with light documents or faint pencil markings. Darken 2Darken 1Normal*Works well with standard typed or printed documents. Lighten 1 Works well with dark documents.Lighten 2Lighten 3High Adjusts the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors darker than the original.Medium*Does not adjust the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors darker or lighter than the original.Low Adjusts the amount of colors to make the contrast of colors lighter than the original.
238Understanding the Printer MenusSharpnessPurpose:To adjust the sharpness to make the scanned image sharper or softer than the original.Values:Auto ExposurePurpose:To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy.Values:Original SizePurpose:To specify the default paper size.Values:mm seriesinch seriesSharpen Makes the scanned image sharper than the original.Normal*Does not make the scanned image sharper or softer than the original.Soften Makes the scanned image softer than the original.Off Does not suppress the background.On*Suppresses the background to enhance text.A4 (210x297mm) *1A5 (148x210mm) B5 (182x257mm) Letter (8.5x11") Folio (8.5x13") Legal (8.5x14") Statement (5.5x8.5")Executive (7.3x10.5") *1Denotes country-specific factory default values.Letter (8.5x11") *1Folio (8.5x13") Legal (8.5x14") Statement (5.5x8.5")A4 (210x297mm) A5 (148x210mm) B5 (182x257mm) Executive (7.3x10.5")
Understanding the Printer Menus239MarginPurpose:To specify the top, bottom, right, left, and middle margins of the scanned image.Values:Create Folder NOTE: Create Folder feature is available only for Scan to USB or Scan to Network Folder.Purpose:To specify whether to create a folder when saving scanned images.Values:File Naming ModePurpose:To specify the detailed setting of File Naming Mode.Values:Save SettingsThe Save Settings screen appears when is tapped on the Scan Settings screen of the Scan to Email, Scan to Network Folder, or Scan to USB feature, and on the Scan to PC screen.Use Save Settings to save a variety of scan features. And also use to create and edit custom tiles for Scan.Tile SettingsThe Tile Settings screen appears when is tapped on the Scan to WSD screen. Use Tile Settings to edit the Scan to WSD tile. *1Denotes country-specific factory default values.Top/Bottom 0.1 inch* (2 mm*)Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).Available Range: 0.0–2.0 inches (0–50 mm)Left/Right 0.1 inch* (2 mm*)Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).Available Range: 0.0–2.0 inches (0–50 mm)Middle 0.0 inches*(0 mm*)Sets the value in increments of 0.1 inch (1 mm).Available Range: 0.0–2.0 inches (0–50 mm)Off Does not create a folder when saving a scanned image.On*Creates a folder when saving a scanned image.Auto*Sets the default file name.Add Prefix Adds texts in front of the file name.Prefix/Suffix String Specifies the texts that are added when Add Prefix is selected.Add Suffix Adds texts after the file name.Prefix/Suffix String Specifies the texts that are added when Add Suffix is selected.
240Understanding the Printer MenusFax Use the Fax menus to configure a variety of fax features. NOTE: The Fax function cannot be used unless you set up a country code under Country. If Country is not set up, a message Set the Country Code appears on the display. NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.Values:Fax SettingsThe Fax Settings screen appears when is tapped on the Fax screen. Use Fax Settings to configure a variety of fax features.Darken / LightenPurpose:To adjust the density to make the copy darker or lighter than the original.Values:2 Sided ScanningPurpose:To specify whether to scan both sides of a document.Values:Enter Number Enters the fax number using the keyboard.Speed Dial Enters the speed dial number stored in the printer.Phone Book Individuals Selects a fax number from the local address book.Groups Selects a group dial number from the local address book.Network Phone Book Searches a fax number from the server address book.On Hook Send*Sends faxes manually.Receive Receives faxes manually.Polling Manually retrieves information from a remote machine. Darken 3 Works well with light documents or faint pencil markings. Darken 2Darken 1Normal*Works well with standard typed or printed documents. Lighten 1 Works well with dark documents. Lighten 2Lighten 31 Sided*Scans one side of a document.2 Sided Long Edge Binding*Scans both sides of a document bound by the long edge.Short Edge Binding Scans both sides of a document bound by the short edge.
Understanding the Printer Menus241Polling ReceivePurpose:To receive faxes from the remote fax machine when you want to receive it.Values:ResolutionPurpose:To specify the scan resolution to improve the output quality.Values: NOTE: Faxes scanned in the Super Fine mode transmit at the highest resolution supported by the receiving device.Fax Cover PagePurpose:To set whether to attach a cover page to faxes.Values:Delayed SendPurpose:To send a fax at a later time.Values: NOTE: A maximum of 19 delayed fax jobs can be stored. Save SettingsThe Save Settings screen appears when icon is tapped on the Fax Settings screen. Use Save Settings to save a variety of fax features. And also use to create and edit custom tiles for Fax. NOTE: Up to 30 addresses can be stored on the printer. If you have the addresses of more than 31, you cannot save settings of fax features. In that case, please reduce to 30.Off*Does not receive faxes using Polling Receive. On Receives faxes using Polling Receive.Standard*Suitable for documents with normal sized characters. Fine Suitable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or documents printed using a dot-matrix printer. Super Fine Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail. The Super Fine mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports the Super Fine mode. See the notes below.Photo Suitable for documents containing photographic images.Off*Does not attach a cover page to faxes.On Attaches a cover page to faxes.Off*Does not send a fax at a later time.On Sets the fax transmission start time when sending a fax at a specified time.
242Understanding the Printer MenusPrint PDF/TIFF NOTE: Print PDF/TIFF function is available only when a USB memory is inserted in the front USB port.Purpose:To specify the document stored in the root, file, or folder in a USB memory. See "Print Settings" for more details about the various print settings you can set for the print.Print JPEG NOTE: Print JPEG function is available only when a USB memory is inserted in the front USB port.Purpose:To specify the photos stored in the root, file, or folder in a USB memory. See "Print Settings" for more details about the various print settings you can set for the print.Print Settings The Print Settings screen appears when is tapped on the Print PDF/TIFF or Print JPEG screen. Use Print Settings to configure a variety of print features.QuantityPurpose:To specify the number of copies from 1 to 99.Select TrayPurpose:To specify the input tray.Values:MPF The paper is fed from the MPF. When Use Driver Settings for Print Job is set in MPF of Tray Settings, Any is displayed for Size and Type. If you start the print job with Any as the paper size and type, A4 or Letter is selected as the paper size and plain is selected as the paper type. If you want to specify the size and type of paper in the MPF, select MPF and specify the paper size and type.Size mm series A4(210x297mm)*1A5(148x210mm) B5(182x257mm)Letter(8.5x11")Folio(8.5x13")
Understanding the Printer Menus243Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")inch series Letter(8.5x11")*1Folio(8.5x13")Legal(8.5x14")Statement(5.5x8.5")A4(210x297mm)A5(148x210mm) B5(182x257mm)Ty p e PlainPlain ThickCovers(106-163g/m2)Covers Thick(164-216g/m2)Rough SurfaceLabelsEnvelopeRecycledJapanese PostcardLetterheadPreprintedPrepunchedColorTray1*The paper is fed from tray1.Tray2 The paper is fed from the optional 550-sheet feeder.*1Denotes country-specific factory default value.
244Understanding the Printer Menus2 Sided PrintingPurpose:To print on both sides of a sheet of paper.Values:LayoutPurpose:To specify the output layout. Values:Image TypesPurpose:To set the print image quality.Values:CollationPurpose:To specify whether to sort the job.Values:1 Sided*Does not print on both sides of a sheet of paper.2 Sided Long Edge Binding*Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by the long edge.Short Edge Binding Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be bound by the short edge.1-Up*Prints one page on one side of a sheet of paper.2-Up Prints two pages on one side of a sheet of paper.4-Up Prints four pages on one side of a sheet of paper.Off(No Scaling) Prints without scaling.Auto*Prints PDF/TIFF files in the Text mode and JPEG files in the Photos (Standard Quality) mode.Photos (Standard Quality) Prints the photographic images at the standard quality.Photos (High Quality) Prints the photographic images at the high quality.Text Prints the text document at the standard quality.Collated Sorts a job.Uncollated*Does not sort a job.
Understanding the Printer Menus245PDF PasswordPurpose:To enter the password when you print a PDF file secured with a document open password (password to open the PDF file).Values:Save SettingsThe Save Settings screen appears when is tapped on the Print Settings screen. Use Save Settings to save a variety of print features. And also use to create and edit custom tiles for USB Direct Print.Dell Document Hub NOTE: The Dell Document Hub feature is available on the Dell Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw only. Use the Dell Document Hub menus to configure a variety of Dell Document Hub features.Search for FilesPurpose:To search the files saved in the cloud services, and print them from the printer. Values:Browse for FilesPurpose:To browse and print the files saved in the selected cloud services. Values:Enter PDF Password Enter the document open password to print the secure PDF job.Text BoxEnters the keywords, such as the words including the file name.Sorts the searching results by selecting the sorting order.Sets the settings of the Print Settings.Displays the selected files. The first three pages of each file are displayed in the small previews.Text BoxEnters the keywords, such as the words including the file name.Searches for the files in the current location or the selected cloud services.Sets the settings of the Print Settings.Displays the selected files. The first three pages of each file are displayed in the small previews.Sorts the searching results by selecting the sorting order.Saves the settings of the Print Settings as Favorite.
246Understanding the Printer MenusScanPurpose:To scan the document and save the scanned file in the cloud service. Values:PDF PasswordPurpose:To enter the password when you print a PDF file secured with a document open password (password to open the PDF file). Values:File Name OptionPurpose:To specify the way to name the scanned document. Values:For more information on other settings, see "Scan Settings."Smart OCR ScanPurpose:To scan the document using OCR and save it in the cloud service. Values:File Name Enters the file name you want to use.File Format Selects the file format from the list to save the scanned image.Tag Enters the tag you want to use.Searches for the location to save the scanned file. You can search for the location across the cloud services.Sorts the searching results by selecting the sorting order.Sets the settings of the Scan Settings.Saves the settings of the Scan Settings as Favorite.Enter PDF Password Enters the document open password to print the secure PDF job.Off Adds no text in front of the file name or after the file name. Add Prefix Adds texts in front of the file name. Prefix/Suffix String Specifies the texts that are added when Add Prefix is selected.Add Suffix Adds texts after the file name.Prefix/Suffix String Specifies the texts that are added when Add Suffix is selected.File Name Enters the file name you want to use.File Format Selects the file format from the list to save the scanned image.
Understanding the Printer Menus247File FormatPurpose:To specify the file format to save the scanned image. Values:OCR LanguagePurpose:To specify the language for the OCR. Values:PDF PasswordPurpose:To enter the password when you print a PDF file secured with a document open password (password to open the PDF file). Values:Tag Enters the tag you want to use.Searches for the location to save the scanned file. You can search for the location across the cloud services.Sorts the searching results by selecting the sorting order.Sets the settings of the Scan Settings.Saves the settings of the Scan Settings as Favorite.PDF(Searchable)RTFDOCDOCXXLSXLSXPPTXAuto EnglishFrançaisItalianoDeutschEspañolDanskNederlandsNorskSvenskaEnter PDF Password Enters the document open password to print the secure PDF job.
248Understanding the Printer MenusRemove Blank PagePurpose:To specify whether to remove the blank pages. Values:File Name OptionPurpose:To specify the way to name the scanned document. Values:For more information on other settings, see "Scan Settings."E-mail MePurpose:To scan the document and send to you as an attached file of an e-mail.Values:File FormatPurpose:To specify the file format to save the scanned image.Values:Off*Disables the Remove Blank Page feature.On Enables the Remove Blank Page feature.Off Adds no text in front of the file name or after the file name. Add Prefix Adds texts in front of the file name. Prefix/Suffix String Specifies the texts that are added when Add Prefix is selected.Add Suffix Adds texts after the file name.Prefix/Suffix String Specifies the texts that are added when Add Suffix is selected.File Format Selects the file format from the list to save the scanned image.Subject Enters the subject you want to use.Sets the settings of the Scan Settings.Saves the settings of the Scan Settings as Favorite.PDF PDF(Searchable)RTFDOCDOCX
Understanding the Printer Menus249OCR LanguagePurpose:To specify the language for the OCR. Values:PDF PasswordPurpose:To enter the password when you print a PDF file secured with a document open password (password to open the PDF file).Values:Remove Blank PagePurpose:To specify whether to remove the blank pages. Values:For more information on other settings, see "Scan Settings."XLSXLSXPPTXMulti-Page TIFFTIFFJPEGAuto EnglishFrançaisItalianoDeutschEspañolDanskNederlandsNorskSvenskaEnter PDF Password Enter the document open password to print the secure PDF job.Off Disables the Remove Blank Page feature.On Enables the Remove Blank Page feature.
250Understanding the Printer MenusBusiness Card ReaderPurpose:To scan the business card and send to you as an attached file (vCard format) of an e-mail.Values:Add AppsUse the Add Apps menu to add a variety of tiles on the Home screen.Panel LockThis feature prevents unauthorized personnel from changing the settings made by the administrator. For regular printing, items can be selected from the menu and printer settings remain unchanged. For regular printing, items can be configured using the printer driver. NOTE: Disabling the operator panel menus does not prevent access to the Stored Print and Tray Settings menus.Enabling the Panel Lock1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Admin Settings.3Ta p unt i l Secure Settings appears, and then tap Secure Settings.4Ta p Panel Lock.5Ta p Panel Lock Control.6Ta p Enable, and then tap OK.7Enter the new password, and then tap OK. CAUTION: Be sure to remember the password. The procedure described below allows you to reset the password, but the settings for Address Book and Phone Book are cleared.• Turn off the printer. Then, while holding the (Information) button, turn on the printer. Perform steps 7 and 8.8Re-enter the password to confirm the password that you entered, and then tap OK.The password has been changed.To change the password while Panel Lock is Enable, perform steps 1 to 4 above, and then tap Change Password. Perform steps 7 and 8 above to change the password.Disabling the Panel Lock1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Admin Settings.3Ta p unt i l Secure Settings appears, and then tap Secure Settings.4Ta p Panel Lock.5Ta p Panel Lock Control.6Ta p Disable.Subject Enters the subject you want to use.Sets the settings of the Scan Settings.
Understanding the Printer Menus2517Enter the current password, and then tap OK.The setting has been changed.Resetting DefaultsAfter executing this function and rebooting the printer, the phone book, address book, or menu parameters are reset to their default values.The following menu parameters are exceptions and are not reset. • Network settings • Panel Lock settings and password• Functions Control settings (Copy, Scan to E-mail, Fax, Scan to Network Folder, Scan to PC, PC Scan, Scan to USB, USB Direct Print) and passwords• Secure Receive settings and password• Login Error settings• Set Available Time settings• Secure Job Expiration settings•USB Port settings• AccessControl Mode settings• AccessControl Error Report settings• Non Registered User settings• NFC Authentication settings• Tap to Print settingsWhen Using the Operator Panel1Press the (Information) button.2Ta p t h e Tools tab, and then tap Admin Settings.3Ta p Maintenance.4Ta p unt i l Reset Defaults appears, and then tap Reset Defaults.5Tap the desired setting, and then tap Initialize.6Ta p Yes, Reset.The printer is restarted automatically.User Fax Section Resets the phone book data.User Scan Section Resets the address book data.User Account Section Resets the user registration information.System Section Resets the system parameters.
252Understanding the Printer Menus
Print Media Guidelines25316Print Media GuidelinesPrint media refers to paper, labels, envelopes, and coated paper among others. Your printer provides high-quality printing on a variety of print media. Selecting the appropriate print media for your printer helps avoid printing troubles. This section describes selecting and caring for print media. NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in your printer.PaperFor the best print quality, use 90 g/m2 (24 lb) xerographic, grain long paper. It is recommended that you try a sample first before buying large quantities of any print media.When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package, and load the paper accordingly. See "Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet Feeder" and "Loading Print Media in the MPF" for detailed loading instructions. Recommended PaperTo ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb) xerographic paper. Business paper designed for general business use also provides acceptable print quality. Only use paper able to withstand high temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions. The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures. Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is acceptable for laser printers.It is recommended that you try a sample first before buying large quantities of any print media. When choosing any print media, you should consider the weight, fiber content, and color.Unacceptable PaperThe following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:• Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless paper, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper.• Preprinted paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer.• Preprinted paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fusing unit.• Preprinted paper that requires a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than ±0.09 inches, such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms.In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to successfully print on these forms.• Coated paper (erasable bond), synthetic paper, and thermal paper.• Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface paper, or curled paper.• Recycled paper containing more than 25 % post-consumer waste that does not meet DIN 19 309.• Multiple-part forms or documents.• Print quality may deteriorate (blank spaces or blotches may appear in the text) when printing on talc or acid paper.
254Print Media GuidelinesSelecting PaperProper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing. To help avoid jams or poor print quality:• Always use new, undamaged paper. • Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the paper. This information is usually indicated on the paper package. • Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed. • Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This may result in a paper jam. • Do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.• Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the tray. • Flex the paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.Selecting Pre-Printed Media and LetterheadsWhen selecting pre-printed and letterhead paper for the printer:• Use grain long paper for best results.• Use only forms and letterheads printed using an offset lithographic or engraved printing process.• Select paper that absorb ink, but does not bleed.• Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces.• Use paper printed with heat-resistant inks designed for use in xerographic copying machines. The ink must withstand temperatures of 225 °C (437 °F) without melting or releasing hazardous emissions.• Use inks that are not affected by the resin in the toner or the silicone in the fusing unit. Inks that are oxidation-set or oil-based should meet these requirements; latex inks might not. If you are in doubt, contact your paper supplier. Selecting Pre-Punched PaperWhen selecting pre-punched paper for the printer:• Test paper from several manufacturers before ordering and using large quantities of pre-punched paper. • Paper should be punched at the paper manufacturer and not drilled into paper already packaged in a ream. Drilled paper can cause jams when multiple sheets feed through the printer. This may result in a paper jam. • Pre-punched paper can include more paper dust than standard paper. Your printer may require more frequent cleaning and feed reliability may not be as good as standard paper. • Weight guidelines for pre-punched paper are the same as non-punched paper.
Print Media Guidelines255EnvelopesDepending on the envelopes, it is possible to expect variable levels of wrinkling. It is recommended that you try a sample first before buying large quantities of any print media. See "Loading Envelopes in the MPF" for instructions on loading envelopes.When printing on envelopes:• Use only high-quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser printers. • Set the print media source to the MPF. Set the paper type to Envelope, and select the correct size of envelope from the printer driver. • Use envelopes made from 75 g/m2 (20 lb bond) paper. You can use up to 105 g/m2 (28 lb bond) weight for the envelope feeder as long as the cotton content is 25 % or less. Envelopes with 100 % cotton content must not exceed 90 g/m2 (24 lb bond) weight.• Use only freshly unpackaged, undamaged envelopes. • Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions. If you have any doubts about the envelopes you are considering, check with the envelope supplier. • Adjust the guide to fit the width of the envelopes. • To load an envelope into the MPF, insert the envelope with the flaps closed or open and the short-edge of the envelope facing into the printer. The print side must be facing up.• See "Loading Envelopes in the MPF" for instructions on loading envelopes.• Use one envelope size during a print job.• Ensure that the humidity is low because high humidity (more than 60 %) and the high printing temperatures may seal the envelopes.• For best performance, do not use envelopes that:– Have excessive curl or twist– Are stuck together or damaged in any way– Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or embossing– Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars– Have an interlocking design– Have postage stamps attached– Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed or closed position– Have nicked edges or bent corners– Have rough, cockle, or laid finishes
256Print Media GuidelinesLabelsYour printer can print on many labels designed only for use with laser printers. When selecting labels:• Label adhesives, face sheet (printable stock), and topcoats must be able to withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) and pressure of 25 pounds per square inch (psi).• Use labels that can be without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions.• Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material. CAUTION: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended that you try a sample first.When printing on labels:• Use labels that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions.• Set the paper type to Label in the printer driver. • Load labels in the MPF. Tray1 and the optional 550-sheet feeder do not support labels.• Do not load labels together with paper in the MPF.• Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the die-cut.• Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the edge of the label, of the perforations, or between die-cuts of the label.• Do not print a label through the printer more than once.• Portrait orientation is preferred, especially when printing bar codes. • Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive.• Use full label sheets. Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during printing, resulting in a jam.• Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the edge of the sheet. It is recommended that zone coating of the adhesive is done at least 1 mm (0.04 inches) away from edges. Adhesive material contaminates your printer and could void your warranty. WARNING: Otherwise a jam occurs in the printer and contaminate your printer and your cartridge with adhesive. As a result, could void your printer and cartridge warranties.Storing Print MediaFor proper print media storage, the following guidelines will help to avoid media feeding problems and uneven print quality.• Store print media in an environment where the temperature is approximately 21 °C (70 °F) and the relative humidity is 40 %.• Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the floor. • If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton, ensure that they rest on a flat surface so that the edges do not buckle or curl. • Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.
Print Media Guidelines257Identifying Print Media and SpecificationsThe following tables show print media information.Supported Paper SizesPaper size MPF Tray1 Optional 550-sheet feederDuplex unitA4 (210 x 297 mm) YYYYB5 (182 x 257 mm) YYYYA5 (148 x 210 mm) YYYYLetter (8.5 x 11 in) YYYYFolio (8.5 x 13 in) YYYYLegal (8.5 x 14 in) YYYYStatement (5.5 x 8.5 in) YYYYExecutive (7.25 x 10.5 in) YYYYEnvelope #10 (4.125 x 9.5 in) YNNNMonarch (3.875 x 7.5 in) YNNNDL (110 x 220mm) YNNNC5 (162 x 229mm) YNNNPostcard JPN YYNNCustom*1, 2YYYY*1 Custom: width: 76.2 mm (3.0 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches) for the MPF and tray1; 139.7 mm (5.5 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches) for the optional 550-sheet feederlength: 127.0 mm (5.0 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches) for the MPF and tray1; 210 mm (8.27 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches) for the optional 550-sheet feeder*2 XML Paper Specification (XPS) driver does not support custom size paper.
258Print Media GuidelinesSupported Paper Types NOTE: For Plain paper, you can set the paper density by selecting the Paper Density (Light or Normal) under Maintenance from the operator panel, Tool Box, or Dell™ Printer Configuration Web Tool. Once you set the Paper Density settings, the printer uses the settings for Plain paper. NOTE: Rough Surface paper can only be fed one by one.Paper Type SpecificationsPaper type MPF Tray1 Optional 550-sheet feederDuplex unitSide 1Side 2Side 1Side 2Side 1Side 2Side 1Side 2Plain YNYNYNYNPlain Thick YNYNYNYNCovers YNYNYNYNCovers Thick YNYNYNNNRough surface YNYNYNNNLabels YNYNYNNNEnvelope YNNNNNNNRecycled YNYNYNYNJapanese Postcard YNYNNNNNLetterhead YNYNYNYNPreprinted YNYNYNYNPrepunched YNYNYNYNColor YNYNYNYNPaper type Weight (g/m2) RemarksPlain 60–90 -Plain Thick 80/90–105 -Covers 106–163 -Covers Thick 164–216 -Rough surface 106–163 Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.Labels 106–163 Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.Envelope 91–105 -Recycled 60–105 -Japanese Postcard 190 Inkjet printer paper cannot be used.Letterhead 60–90 -Preprinted 60–90 -Prepunched 60–90 -Color 60–90 -
Loading Print Media25917Loading Print MediaLoading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.Before loading any print media, identify the recommended print side of the print media. This information is usually indicated on the print media package. NOTE: The images used in this manual are those of the Dell™ Cloud Multifunction Printer | H815dw unless otherwise mentioned.CapacityTray1 can hold:• 250 sheets of the standard paper.The optional 550-sheet feeder (tray2) can hold:• 550 sheets of the standard paper.The multipurpose feeder (MPF) can hold:• 50 sheets of the standard paper.Print Media DimensionsThe maximum dimensions of print media that the MPF and tray1 can handle are:• Width — 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)• Length — 127 mm (5.00 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)The maximum dimensions of print media that the optional 550-sheet feeder can handle are:• Width — 139.7 mm (5.5 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)• Length — 210 mm (8.27 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)Loading Print Media in Tray1 and the Optional 550-Sheet FeederThis section describes how to load letterhead. For details about loading print media other than letterhead, see "Loading Paper." NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress. NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in the printer.Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)The pre-printed paper such as letterhead and pre-punched paper must be inserted top edge first with the print side facing up as shown below. NOTE: Set Letterhead 2-Sided or Letterhead Duplex Mode to Enable and Paper Type to Letterhead, Preprinted, or Prepunched from the operator panel or the printer driver even when you print on a single side of letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched paper.
260Loading Print MediaLoading Print Media in the MPF1Gently pull open the MPF cover.Print media source Print side Page orientationTray1 and optional 550-sheet feederFace up Letterhead enters the printer firstMPF Face up Letterhead enters the printer first
Loading Print Media2612Slide the width guides to the edge of the tray. The width guides should be fully extended.3Insert all media face up and top edge first into the MPF. NOTE: Do not force the print media into the MPF.4Slide both width guides until they rest lightly against the edge of the print media stack. NOTE: Do not force the print media into the MPF.5On the touch panel, tap Size. 6Ta p or until the desired paper size appears, and then select the size.7Ta p Type. 8Ta p or until the desired paper type appears, and then select the type.9Ta p OK.
262Loading Print MediaLoading Small Print Media in the MPFWhen loading small print media such as monarch envelope or the user-specified print media whose feed direction length is 191.6 mm or less in the MPF, remove the MPF from the printer.1Gently pull open the MPF cover.2Grasp both sides of the MPF, and then pull the MPF from the printer.3Slide the width guides to the edge of the tray. The width guides should be fully extended.
Loading Print Media2634Pull up the length guide and slide it toward MPF cover until it stops.5Load the print media into the MPF with the recommended print side facing up so that the top edge of the print media enters the printer first.6Align the paper guides against the edges of the print media.
264Loading Print Media7Insert the MPF into the printer.8On the touch panel, tap Size. 9Ta p or until the desired paper size appears, and then select the size.10Ta p Type. 11Ta p or until the desired paper type appears, and then select the type.12Ta p OK.Printing on Envelopes – Envelope ModeTo print on envelopes with better print quality, set the printer to the envelope mode. NOTE: Print jobs can be done on envelopes even when the printer is not set to the envelope mode. To get the better print results, set the printer to the envelope mode. NOTE: When the printer is in the envelope mode, print jobs cannot be done while the paper type is set to other than envelopes.To Set the Printer to the Envelope Mode1Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.
Loading Print Media2652Lift the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.3Slide the envelope switches on both sides of the fusing unit to the position. WARNING: The fusing unit is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.4Press down the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.
266Loading Print Media5Close the rear cover. To Cancel the Envelope Mode1Pull the rear cover handle to open the rear cover.2Lift the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.
Loading Print Media2673Slide the envelope switches on the both sides of the fusing unit to the position. WARNING: The fusing unit is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.4Press down the levers on both sides of the fusing unit.5Close the rear cover.
268Loading Print MediaLoading Envelopes in the MPFUse the following guidelines when loading envelopes in the MPF: CAUTION: Never use envelopes with windows, coated linings, or self-stick adhesives. These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the printer. NOTE: If you do not load envelopes in the MPF right after they have been removed from the packaging, they may bulge. To avoid jams, press firmly across the whole envelopes to flatten them as shown below before loading the envelopes in the MPF. NOTE: The maximum height (quantity) of envelopes that can be loaded in the MPF is approximately 15 mm (0.59 inches) (15 envelopes). Envelope #10, DLLoad the envelopes in the short edge feed orientation with the flaps closed and the print side up. Ensure that the flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.MonarchYou need to pull up and slide the length guide. Load the envelopes in the short edge feed orientation with the flaps closed and the print side up. Ensure that the flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.
Loading Print Media269C5Load the envelopes in the short edge feed orientation with the flaps open or closed and the print side up. Ensure that the flaps come at the bottom with the flaps open or at the top with the flaps closed when you face towards the printer.When you print with the orientation of the 1, position of the envelopes may be distorted on the output tray. In this case, set the orientation of the 2.Loading Letterhead in the MPFWhen you use the MPF, letterhead and hole punched paper must be inserted top edge first with the print side facing up.Using the MPF• Load only one size and type of print media during a single print job.• To achieve the best possible print quality, use only high-quality print media that is designed for use in laser printer. For more guidelines on print media, see "Print Media Guidelines."• Do not add or remove print media when there is still print media in the MPF or when the printer is printing from the MPF. This may result in a paper jam.• Print media should be loaded with the recommended print side up and the top of the print media going into the MPF first.• Do not place objects on the MPF. Also, avoid pressing down or applying excessive force on it.• The icons on the MPF show how to load the MPF with paper, and how to turn an envelope for printing.12
270Loading Print MediaLinking TraysThe printer automatically links the trays when you load the same size and type of print media in them. The first tray will be utilized until the media runs out, and then the next tray will be used. NOTE: The print media should be the same size and type in each tray. The MPF cannot be linked to any of the tray sources. After loading the selected trays with the same size and type of print media, select the Paper Type setting in the Tray Settings component for each source (tray). To disable tray linking change the paper type in one of the sources (trays) to a unique value. NOTE: If different types of print media of the same size are loaded in each tray, the printer will automatically link them if the paper type is not specified in the printer driver properties/preferences.

Navigation menu